
Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on simple column references. With this commit, expressions are supported by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of estimates. A simple example may look like this: CREATE TABLE t (a int); CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t; ANALYZE t; The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses: SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0; SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20); This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead). The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd. CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds. A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views. ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice, as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics, which were always reset anyway. Author: Tomas Vondra Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
7881 lines
237 KiB
C
7881 lines
237 KiB
C
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* selfuncs.c
|
|
* Selectivity functions and index cost estimation functions for
|
|
* standard operators and index access methods.
|
|
*
|
|
* Selectivity routines are registered in the pg_operator catalog
|
|
* in the "oprrest" and "oprjoin" attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Index cost functions are located via the index AM's API struct,
|
|
* which is obtained from the handler function registered in pg_am.
|
|
*
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
|
* src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
|
|
*
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*----------
|
|
* Operator selectivity estimation functions are called to estimate the
|
|
* selectivity of WHERE clauses whose top-level operator is their operator.
|
|
* We divide the problem into two cases:
|
|
* Restriction clause estimation: the clause involves vars of just
|
|
* one relation.
|
|
* Join clause estimation: the clause involves vars of multiple rels.
|
|
* Join selectivity estimation is far more difficult and usually less accurate
|
|
* than restriction estimation.
|
|
*
|
|
* When dealing with the inner scan of a nestloop join, we consider the
|
|
* join's joinclauses as restriction clauses for the inner relation, and
|
|
* treat vars of the outer relation as parameters (a/k/a constants of unknown
|
|
* values). So, restriction estimators need to be able to accept an argument
|
|
* telling which relation is to be treated as the variable.
|
|
*
|
|
* The call convention for a restriction estimator (oprrest function) is
|
|
*
|
|
* Selectivity oprrest (PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
* Oid operator,
|
|
* List *args,
|
|
* int varRelid);
|
|
*
|
|
* root: general information about the query (rtable and RelOptInfo lists
|
|
* are particularly important for the estimator).
|
|
* operator: OID of the specific operator in question.
|
|
* args: argument list from the operator clause.
|
|
* varRelid: if not zero, the relid (rtable index) of the relation to
|
|
* be treated as the variable relation. May be zero if the args list
|
|
* is known to contain vars of only one relation.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is represented at the SQL level (in pg_proc) as
|
|
*
|
|
* float8 oprrest (internal, oid, internal, int4);
|
|
*
|
|
* The result is a selectivity, that is, a fraction (0 to 1) of the rows
|
|
* of the relation that are expected to produce a TRUE result for the
|
|
* given operator.
|
|
*
|
|
* The call convention for a join estimator (oprjoin function) is similar
|
|
* except that varRelid is not needed, and instead join information is
|
|
* supplied:
|
|
*
|
|
* Selectivity oprjoin (PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
* Oid operator,
|
|
* List *args,
|
|
* JoinType jointype,
|
|
* SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo);
|
|
*
|
|
* float8 oprjoin (internal, oid, internal, int2, internal);
|
|
*
|
|
* (Before Postgres 8.4, join estimators had only the first four of these
|
|
* parameters. That signature is still allowed, but deprecated.) The
|
|
* relationship between jointype and sjinfo is explained in the comments for
|
|
* clause_selectivity() --- the short version is that jointype is usually
|
|
* best ignored in favor of examining sjinfo.
|
|
*
|
|
* Join selectivity for regular inner and outer joins is defined as the
|
|
* fraction (0 to 1) of the cross product of the relations that is expected
|
|
* to produce a TRUE result for the given operator. For both semi and anti
|
|
* joins, however, the selectivity is defined as the fraction of the left-hand
|
|
* side relation's rows that are expected to have a match (ie, at least one
|
|
* row with a TRUE result) in the right-hand side.
|
|
*
|
|
* For both oprrest and oprjoin functions, the operator's input collation OID
|
|
* (if any) is passed using the standard fmgr mechanism, so that the estimator
|
|
* function can fetch it with PG_GET_COLLATION(). Note, however, that all
|
|
* statistics in pg_statistic are currently built using the relevant column's
|
|
* collation.
|
|
*----------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
#include <math.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "access/brin.h"
|
|
#include "access/brin_page.h"
|
|
#include "access/gin.h"
|
|
#include "access/table.h"
|
|
#include "access/tableam.h"
|
|
#include "access/visibilitymap.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_am.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_statistic.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"
|
|
#include "executor/nodeAgg.h"
|
|
#include "miscadmin.h"
|
|
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
|
|
#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/clauses.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/cost.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/paths.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/plancat.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parse_clause.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parsetree.h"
|
|
#include "statistics/statistics.h"
|
|
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
|
|
#include "utils/acl.h"
|
|
#include "utils/builtins.h"
|
|
#include "utils/date.h"
|
|
#include "utils/datum.h"
|
|
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
|
|
#include "utils/index_selfuncs.h"
|
|
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/memutils.h"
|
|
#include "utils/pg_locale.h"
|
|
#include "utils/rel.h"
|
|
#include "utils/selfuncs.h"
|
|
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
|
|
#include "utils/spccache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/syscache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/timestamp.h"
|
|
#include "utils/typcache.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Hooks for plugins to get control when we ask for stats */
|
|
get_relation_stats_hook_type get_relation_stats_hook = NULL;
|
|
get_index_stats_hook_type get_index_stats_hook = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static double eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate);
|
|
static double eqjoinsel_inner(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
|
|
double nd1, double nd2,
|
|
bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
|
|
AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
|
|
bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2);
|
|
static double eqjoinsel_semi(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
|
|
double nd1, double nd2,
|
|
bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
|
|
AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
|
|
bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
|
|
RelOptInfo *inner_rel);
|
|
static bool estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel, List **varinfos, double *ndistinct);
|
|
static bool convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid,
|
|
double *scaledvalue,
|
|
Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
|
|
double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound);
|
|
static double convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure);
|
|
static void convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
|
|
double *scaledvalue,
|
|
char *lobound,
|
|
double *scaledlobound,
|
|
char *hibound,
|
|
double *scaledhibound);
|
|
static void convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
|
|
double *scaledvalue,
|
|
Datum lobound,
|
|
double *scaledlobound,
|
|
Datum hibound,
|
|
double *scaledhibound);
|
|
static double convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value,
|
|
int rangelo, int rangehi);
|
|
static double convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
|
|
int rangelo, int rangehi);
|
|
static char *convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid,
|
|
bool *failure);
|
|
static double convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid,
|
|
bool *failure);
|
|
static void examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata);
|
|
static bool get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
Oid sortop, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max);
|
|
static void get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot,
|
|
Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
|
|
Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data);
|
|
static bool get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
Oid sortop, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max);
|
|
static bool get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
|
|
Relation indexRel,
|
|
ScanDirection indexscandir,
|
|
ScanKey scankeys,
|
|
int16 typLen,
|
|
bool typByVal,
|
|
TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
|
|
MemoryContext outercontext,
|
|
Datum *endpointDatum);
|
|
static RelOptInfo *find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* eqsel - Selectivity of "=" for any data types.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this routine is also used to estimate selectivity for some
|
|
* operators that are not "=" but have comparable selectivity behavior,
|
|
* such as "~=" (geometric approximate-match). Even for "=", we must
|
|
* keep in mind that the left and right datatypes may differ.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
eqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, false));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Common code for eqsel() and neqsel()
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Oid operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
List *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
|
|
int varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
|
|
Oid collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
Node *other;
|
|
bool varonleft;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When asked about <>, we do the estimation using the corresponding =
|
|
* operator, then convert to <> via "1.0 - eq_selectivity - nullfrac".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (negate)
|
|
{
|
|
operator = get_negator(operator);
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(operator))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
|
|
return 1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If expression is not variable = something or something = variable, then
|
|
* punt and return a default estimate.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
|
|
&vardata, &other, &varonleft))
|
|
return negate ? (1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) : DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can do a lot better if the something is a constant. (Note: the
|
|
* Const might result from estimation rather than being a simple constant
|
|
* in the query.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(other, Const))
|
|
selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, operator, collation,
|
|
((Const *) other)->constvalue,
|
|
((Const *) other)->constisnull,
|
|
varonleft, negate);
|
|
else
|
|
selec = var_eq_non_const(&vardata, operator, collation, other,
|
|
varonleft, negate);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* var_eq_const --- eqsel for var = const case
|
|
*
|
|
* This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
var_eq_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid operator, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum constval, bool constisnull,
|
|
bool varonleft, bool negate)
|
|
{
|
|
double selec;
|
|
double nullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
bool isdefault;
|
|
Oid opfuncoid;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
|
|
* operator will never return TRUE. (It's zero even for a negator op.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (constisnull)
|
|
return 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Grab the nullfrac for use below. Note we allow use of nullfrac
|
|
* regardless of security check.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
|
|
nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we matched the var to a unique index or DISTINCT clause, assume
|
|
* there is exactly one match regardless of anything else. (This is
|
|
* slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might be
|
|
* different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
|
|
* ignoring the information.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
|
|
{
|
|
selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
|
|
(opfuncoid = get_opcode(operator))))
|
|
{
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
bool match = false;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Is the constant "=" to any of the column's most common values?
|
|
* (Although the given operator may not really be "=", we will assume
|
|
* that seeing whether it returns TRUE is an appropriate test. If you
|
|
* don't like this, maybe you shouldn't be using eqsel for your
|
|
* operator...)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
FmgrInfo eqproc;
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once.
|
|
* Using FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the
|
|
* eqproc returns NULL, though really equality functions should
|
|
* never do that.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
/* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
{
|
|
match = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no most-common-value info available */
|
|
i = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (match)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Constant is "=" to this common value. We know selectivity
|
|
* exactly (or as exactly as ANALYZE could calculate it, anyway).
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = sslot.numbers[i];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Comparison is against a constant that is neither NULL nor any
|
|
* of the common values. Its selectivity cannot be more than
|
|
* this:
|
|
*/
|
|
double sumcommon = 0.0;
|
|
double otherdistinct;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot.nnumbers; i++)
|
|
sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
|
|
selec = 1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* and in fact it's probably a good deal less. We approximate that
|
|
* all the not-common values share this remaining fraction
|
|
* equally, so we divide by the number of other distinct values.
|
|
*/
|
|
otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault) -
|
|
sslot.nnumbers;
|
|
if (otherdistinct > 1)
|
|
selec /= otherdistinct;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Another cross-check: selectivity shouldn't be estimated as more
|
|
* than the least common "most common value".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1])
|
|
selec = sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
|
|
* of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
|
|
* is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
|
|
if (negate)
|
|
selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* var_eq_non_const --- eqsel for var = something-other-than-const case
|
|
*
|
|
* This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
var_eq_non_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid operator, Oid collation,
|
|
Node *other,
|
|
bool varonleft, bool negate)
|
|
{
|
|
double selec;
|
|
double nullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
bool isdefault;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Grab the nullfrac for use below.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
|
|
nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we matched the var to a unique index or DISTINCT clause, assume
|
|
* there is exactly one match regardless of anything else. (This is
|
|
* slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might be
|
|
* different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
|
|
* ignoring the information.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
|
|
{
|
|
selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
double ndistinct;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Search is for a value that we do not know a priori, but we will
|
|
* assume it is not NULL. Estimate the selectivity as non-null
|
|
* fraction divided by number of distinct values, so that we get a
|
|
* result averaged over all possible values whether common or
|
|
* uncommon. (Essentially, we are assuming that the not-yet-known
|
|
* comparison value is equally likely to be any of the possible
|
|
* values, regardless of their frequency in the table. Is that a good
|
|
* idea?)
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = 1.0 - nullfrac;
|
|
ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
|
|
if (ndistinct > 1)
|
|
selec /= ndistinct;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cross-check: selectivity should never be estimated as more than the
|
|
* most common value's.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[0])
|
|
selec = sslot.numbers[0];
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
|
|
* of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
|
|
* is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
|
|
if (negate)
|
|
selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* neqsel - Selectivity of "!=" for any data types.
|
|
*
|
|
* This routine is also used for some operators that are not "!="
|
|
* but have comparable selectivity behavior. See above comments
|
|
* for eqsel().
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
neqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, true));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalarineqsel - Selectivity of "<", "<=", ">", ">=" for scalars.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the guts of scalarltsel/scalarlesel/scalargtsel/scalargesel.
|
|
* The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
|
|
*
|
|
* The caller has commuted the clause, if necessary, so that we can treat
|
|
* the variable as being on the left. The caller must also make sure that
|
|
* the other side of the clause is a non-null Const, and dissect that into
|
|
* a value and datatype. (This definition simplifies some callers that
|
|
* want to estimate against a computed value instead of a Const node.)
|
|
*
|
|
* This routine works for any datatype (or pair of datatypes) known to
|
|
* convert_to_scalar(). If it is applied to some other datatype,
|
|
* it will return an approximate estimate based on assuming that the constant
|
|
* value falls in the middle of the bin identified by binary search.
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
scalarineqsel(PlannerInfo *root, Oid operator, bool isgt, bool iseq,
|
|
Oid collation,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata, Datum constval, Oid consttype)
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
FmgrInfo opproc;
|
|
double mcv_selec,
|
|
hist_selec,
|
|
sumcommon;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No stats are available. Typically this means we have to fall back
|
|
* on the default estimate; but if the variable is CTID then we can
|
|
* make an estimate based on comparing the constant to the table size.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var) &&
|
|
((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno == SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemPointer itemptr;
|
|
double block;
|
|
double density;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the relation's empty, we're going to include all of it.
|
|
* (This is mostly to avoid divide-by-zero below.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->rel->pages == 0)
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
|
|
itemptr = (ItemPointer) DatumGetPointer(constval);
|
|
block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the average number of tuples per page (density).
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the last page will, on average, be only half full, we can
|
|
* estimate it to have half as many tuples as earlier pages. So
|
|
* give it half the weight of a regular page.
|
|
*/
|
|
density = vardata->rel->tuples / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
|
|
|
|
/* If target is the last page, use half the density. */
|
|
if (block >= vardata->rel->pages - 1)
|
|
density *= 0.5;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Using the average tuples per page, calculate how far into the
|
|
* page the itemptr is likely to be and adjust block accordingly,
|
|
* by adding that fraction of a whole block (but never more than a
|
|
* whole block, no matter how high the itemptr's offset is). Here
|
|
* we are ignoring the possibility of dead-tuple line pointers,
|
|
* which is fairly bogus, but we lack the info to do better.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (density > 0.0)
|
|
{
|
|
OffsetNumber offset = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
|
|
|
|
block += Min(offset / density, 1.0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert relative block number to selectivity. Again, the last
|
|
* page has only half weight.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = block / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The calculation so far gave us a selectivity for the "<=" case.
|
|
* We'll have one fewer tuple for "<" and one additional tuple for
|
|
* ">=", the latter of which we'll reverse the selectivity for
|
|
* below, so we can simply subtract one tuple for both cases. The
|
|
* cases that need this adjustment can be identified by iseq being
|
|
* equal to isgt.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (iseq == isgt && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
|
|
selec -= (1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples);
|
|
|
|
/* Finally, reverse the selectivity for the ">", ">=" cases. */
|
|
if (isgt)
|
|
selec = 1.0 - selec;
|
|
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* no stats available, so default result */
|
|
return DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL;
|
|
}
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(get_opcode(operator), &opproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have most-common-values info, add up the fractions of the MCV
|
|
* entries that satisfy MCV OP CONST. These fractions contribute directly
|
|
* to the result selectivity. Also add up the total fraction represented
|
|
* by MCV entries.
|
|
*/
|
|
mcv_selec = mcv_selectivity(vardata, &opproc, collation, constval, true,
|
|
&sumcommon);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is a histogram, determine which bin the constant falls in, and
|
|
* compute the resulting contribution to selectivity.
|
|
*/
|
|
hist_selec = ineq_histogram_selectivity(root, vardata,
|
|
operator, &opproc, isgt, iseq,
|
|
collation,
|
|
constval, consttype);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
|
|
* realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that are
|
|
* not listed in MCV.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = 1.0 - stats->stanullfrac - sumcommon;
|
|
|
|
if (hist_selec >= 0.0)
|
|
selec *= hist_selec;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If no histogram but there are values not accounted for by MCV,
|
|
* arbitrarily assume half of them will match.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec *= 0.5;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
selec += mcv_selec;
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* mcv_selectivity - Examine the MCV list for selectivity estimates
|
|
*
|
|
* Determine the fraction of the variable's MCV population that satisfies
|
|
* the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft. Also
|
|
* compute the fraction of the total column population represented by the MCV
|
|
* list. This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function result is the MCV selectivity, and the fraction of the
|
|
* total population is returned into *sumcommonp. Zeroes are returned
|
|
* if there is no MCV list.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
mcv_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata, FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum constval, bool varonleft,
|
|
double *sumcommonp)
|
|
{
|
|
double mcv_selec,
|
|
sumcommon;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
mcv_selec = 0.0;
|
|
sumcommon = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
|
|
get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
|
|
* results. Such cases won't arise for normal comparison functions,
|
|
* but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be used with
|
|
* operators that can return NULL. A small side benefit is to not
|
|
* need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch each time.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
/* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
mcv_selec += sslot.numbers[i];
|
|
sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
|
|
}
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*sumcommonp = sumcommon;
|
|
return mcv_selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* histogram_selectivity - Examine the histogram for selectivity estimates
|
|
*
|
|
* Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram entries that satisfy
|
|
* the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft.
|
|
*
|
|
* This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator, whether
|
|
* or not it has anything to do with the histogram sort operator. We are
|
|
* essentially using the histogram just as a representative sample. However,
|
|
* small histograms are unlikely to be all that representative, so the caller
|
|
* should be prepared to fall back on some other estimation approach when the
|
|
* histogram is missing or very small. It may also be prudent to combine this
|
|
* approach with another one when the histogram is small.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the actual histogram size is not at least min_hist_size, we won't bother
|
|
* to do the calculation at all. Also, if the n_skip parameter is > 0, we
|
|
* ignore the first and last n_skip histogram elements, on the grounds that
|
|
* they are outliers and hence not very representative. Typical values for
|
|
* these parameters are 10 and 1.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function result is the selectivity, or -1 if there is no histogram
|
|
* or it's smaller than min_hist_size.
|
|
*
|
|
* The output parameter *hist_size receives the actual histogram size,
|
|
* or zero if no histogram. Callers may use this number to decide how
|
|
* much faith to put in the function result.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
|
|
* null entries. The caller is expected to combine this result with
|
|
* statistics for those portions of the column population. It may also be
|
|
* prudent to clamp the result range, ie, disbelieve exact 0 or 1 outputs.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
histogram_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum constval, bool varonleft,
|
|
int min_hist_size, int n_skip,
|
|
int *hist_size)
|
|
{
|
|
double result;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
/* check sanity of parameters */
|
|
Assert(n_skip >= 0);
|
|
Assert(min_hist_size > 2 * n_skip);
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
|
|
get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
|
|
{
|
|
*hist_size = sslot.nvalues;
|
|
if (sslot.nvalues >= min_hist_size)
|
|
{
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
int nmatch = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
|
|
* results. Such cases won't arise for normal comparison
|
|
* functions, but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be
|
|
* used with operators that can return NULL. A small side benefit
|
|
* is to not need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch
|
|
* each time.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
/* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
|
|
|
|
for (i = n_skip; i < sslot.nvalues - n_skip; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
if (varonleft)
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
else
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
nmatch++;
|
|
}
|
|
result = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) (sslot.nvalues - 2 * n_skip));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
result = -1;
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*hist_size = 0;
|
|
result = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* generic_restriction_selectivity - Selectivity for almost anything
|
|
*
|
|
* This function estimates selectivity for operators that we don't have any
|
|
* special knowledge about, but are on data types that we collect standard
|
|
* MCV and/or histogram statistics for. (Additional assumptions are that
|
|
* the operator is strict and immutable, or at least stable.)
|
|
*
|
|
* If we have "VAR OP CONST" or "CONST OP VAR", selectivity is estimated by
|
|
* applying the operator to each element of the column's MCV and/or histogram
|
|
* stats, and merging the results using the assumption that the histogram is
|
|
* a reasonable random sample of the column's non-MCV population. Note that
|
|
* if the operator's semantics are related to the histogram ordering, this
|
|
* might not be such a great assumption; other functions such as
|
|
* scalarineqsel() are probably a better match in such cases.
|
|
*
|
|
* Otherwise, fall back to the default selectivity provided by the caller.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
generic_restriction_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
|
|
List *args, int varRelid,
|
|
double default_selectivity)
|
|
{
|
|
double selec;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
Node *other;
|
|
bool varonleft;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If expression is not variable OP something or something OP variable,
|
|
* then punt and return the default estimate.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
|
|
&vardata, &other, &varonleft))
|
|
return default_selectivity;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the something is a NULL constant, assume operator is strict and
|
|
* return zero, ie, operator will never return TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(other, Const) &&
|
|
((Const *) other)->constisnull)
|
|
{
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
return 0.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(other, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Variable is being compared to a known non-null constant */
|
|
Datum constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
|
|
FmgrInfo opproc;
|
|
double mcvsum;
|
|
double mcvsel;
|
|
double nullfrac;
|
|
int hist_size;
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(get_opcode(oproid), &opproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Calculate the selectivity for the column's most common values.
|
|
*/
|
|
mcvsel = mcv_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
|
|
constval, varonleft,
|
|
&mcvsum);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the histogram is large enough, see what fraction of it matches
|
|
* the query, and assume that's representative of the non-MCV
|
|
* population. Otherwise use the default selectivity for the non-MCV
|
|
* population.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = histogram_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
|
|
constval, varonleft,
|
|
10, 1, &hist_size);
|
|
if (selec < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Nope, fall back on default */
|
|
selec = default_selectivity;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (hist_size < 100)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For histogram sizes from 10 to 100, we combine the histogram
|
|
* and default selectivities, putting increasingly more trust in
|
|
* the histogram for larger sizes.
|
|
*/
|
|
double hist_weight = hist_size / 100.0;
|
|
|
|
selec = selec * hist_weight +
|
|
default_selectivity * (1.0 - hist_weight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* In any case, don't believe extremely small or large estimates. */
|
|
if (selec < 0.0001)
|
|
selec = 0.0001;
|
|
else if (selec > 0.9999)
|
|
selec = 0.9999;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't forget to account for nulls. */
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
|
|
else
|
|
nullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
|
|
* realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that
|
|
* are not listed in MCV.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec *= 1.0 - nullfrac - mcvsum;
|
|
selec += mcvsel;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Comparison value is not constant, so we can't do anything */
|
|
selec = default_selectivity;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ineq_histogram_selectivity - Examine the histogram for scalarineqsel
|
|
*
|
|
* Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram population that
|
|
* satisfies the inequality condition, ie, VAR < (or <=, >, >=) CONST.
|
|
* The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
|
|
*
|
|
* While opproc could be looked up from the operator OID, common callers
|
|
* also need to call it separately, so we make the caller pass both.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns -1 if there is no histogram (valid results will always be >= 0).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
|
|
* null entries. The caller is expected to combine this result with
|
|
* statistics for those portions of the column population.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
ineq_histogram_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
Oid opoid, FmgrInfo *opproc, bool isgt, bool iseq,
|
|
Oid collation,
|
|
Datum constval, Oid consttype)
|
|
{
|
|
double hist_selec;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
hist_selec = -1.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Someday, ANALYZE might store more than one histogram per rel/att,
|
|
* corresponding to more than one possible sort ordering defined for the
|
|
* column type. Right now, we know there is only one, so just grab it and
|
|
* see if it matches the query.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that we can't use opoid as search argument; the staop appearing in
|
|
* pg_statistic will be for the relevant '<' operator, but what we have
|
|
* might be some other inequality operator such as '>='. (Even if opoid
|
|
* is a '<' operator, it could be cross-type.) Hence we must use
|
|
* comparison_ops_are_compatible() to see if the operators match.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
|
|
get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
|
|
{
|
|
if (sslot.nvalues > 1 &&
|
|
sslot.stacoll == collation &&
|
|
comparison_ops_are_compatible(sslot.staop, opoid))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use binary search to find the desired location, namely the
|
|
* right end of the histogram bin containing the comparison value,
|
|
* which is the leftmost entry for which the comparison operator
|
|
* succeeds (if isgt) or fails (if !isgt).
|
|
*
|
|
* In this loop, we pay no attention to whether the operator iseq
|
|
* or not; that detail will be mopped up below. (We cannot tell,
|
|
* anyway, whether the operator thinks the values are equal.)
|
|
*
|
|
* If the binary search accesses the first or last histogram
|
|
* entry, we try to replace that endpoint with the true column min
|
|
* or max as found by get_actual_variable_range(). This
|
|
* ameliorates misestimates when the min or max is moving as a
|
|
* result of changes since the last ANALYZE. Note that this could
|
|
* result in effectively including MCVs into the histogram that
|
|
* weren't there before, but we don't try to correct for that.
|
|
*/
|
|
double histfrac;
|
|
int lobound = 0; /* first possible slot to search */
|
|
int hibound = sslot.nvalues; /* last+1 slot to search */
|
|
bool have_end = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are only two histogram entries, we'll want up-to-date
|
|
* values for both. (If there are more than two, we need at most
|
|
* one of them to be updated, so we deal with that within the
|
|
* loop.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sslot.nvalues == 2)
|
|
have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
|
|
vardata,
|
|
sslot.staop,
|
|
collation,
|
|
&sslot.values[0],
|
|
&sslot.values[1]);
|
|
|
|
while (lobound < hibound)
|
|
{
|
|
int probe = (lobound + hibound) / 2;
|
|
bool ltcmp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we find ourselves about to compare to the first or last
|
|
* histogram entry, first try to replace it with the actual
|
|
* current min or max (unless we already did so above).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (probe == 0 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
|
|
have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
|
|
vardata,
|
|
sslot.staop,
|
|
collation,
|
|
&sslot.values[0],
|
|
NULL);
|
|
else if (probe == sslot.nvalues - 1 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
|
|
have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
|
|
vardata,
|
|
sslot.staop,
|
|
collation,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&sslot.values[probe]);
|
|
|
|
ltcmp = DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
|
|
collation,
|
|
sslot.values[probe],
|
|
constval));
|
|
if (isgt)
|
|
ltcmp = !ltcmp;
|
|
if (ltcmp)
|
|
lobound = probe + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
hibound = probe;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lobound <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Constant is below lower histogram boundary. More
|
|
* precisely, we have found that no entry in the histogram
|
|
* satisfies the inequality clause (if !isgt) or they all do
|
|
* (if isgt). We estimate that that's true of the entire
|
|
* table, so set histfrac to 0.0 (which we'll flip to 1.0
|
|
* below, if isgt).
|
|
*/
|
|
histfrac = 0.0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (lobound >= sslot.nvalues)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Inverse case: constant is above upper histogram boundary.
|
|
*/
|
|
histfrac = 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* We have values[i-1] <= constant <= values[i]. */
|
|
int i = lobound;
|
|
double eq_selec = 0;
|
|
double val,
|
|
high,
|
|
low;
|
|
double binfrac;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In the cases where we'll need it below, obtain an estimate
|
|
* of the selectivity of "x = constval". We use a calculation
|
|
* similar to what var_eq_const() does for a non-MCV constant,
|
|
* ie, estimate that all distinct non-MCV values occur equally
|
|
* often. But multiplication by "1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac"
|
|
* will be done by our caller, so we shouldn't do that here.
|
|
* Therefore we can't try to clamp the estimate by reference
|
|
* to the least common MCV; the result would be too small.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: since this is effectively assuming that constval
|
|
* isn't an MCV, it's logically dubious if constval in fact is
|
|
* one. But we have to apply *some* correction for equality,
|
|
* and anyway we cannot tell if constval is an MCV, since we
|
|
* don't have a suitable equality operator at hand.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (i == 1 || isgt == iseq)
|
|
{
|
|
double otherdistinct;
|
|
bool isdefault;
|
|
AttStatsSlot mcvslot;
|
|
|
|
/* Get estimated number of distinct values */
|
|
otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata,
|
|
&isdefault);
|
|
|
|
/* Subtract off the number of known MCVs */
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&mcvslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
otherdistinct -= mcvslot.nnumbers;
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&mcvslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If result doesn't seem sane, leave eq_selec at 0 */
|
|
if (otherdistinct > 1)
|
|
eq_selec = 1.0 / otherdistinct;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert the constant and the two nearest bin boundary
|
|
* values to a uniform comparison scale, and do a linear
|
|
* interpolation within this bin.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (convert_to_scalar(constval, consttype, collation,
|
|
&val,
|
|
sslot.values[i - 1], sslot.values[i],
|
|
vardata->vartype,
|
|
&low, &high))
|
|
{
|
|
if (high <= low)
|
|
{
|
|
/* cope if bin boundaries appear identical */
|
|
binfrac = 0.5;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (val <= low)
|
|
binfrac = 0.0;
|
|
else if (val >= high)
|
|
binfrac = 1.0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
binfrac = (val - low) / (high - low);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Watch out for the possibility that we got a NaN or
|
|
* Infinity from the division. This can happen
|
|
* despite the previous checks, if for example "low"
|
|
* is -Infinity.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (isnan(binfrac) ||
|
|
binfrac < 0.0 || binfrac > 1.0)
|
|
binfrac = 0.5;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ideally we'd produce an error here, on the grounds that
|
|
* the given operator shouldn't have scalarXXsel
|
|
* registered as its selectivity func unless we can deal
|
|
* with its operand types. But currently, all manner of
|
|
* stuff is invoking scalarXXsel, so give a default
|
|
* estimate until that can be fixed.
|
|
*/
|
|
binfrac = 0.5;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now, compute the overall selectivity across the values
|
|
* represented by the histogram. We have i-1 full bins and
|
|
* binfrac partial bin below the constant.
|
|
*/
|
|
histfrac = (double) (i - 1) + binfrac;
|
|
histfrac /= (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* At this point, histfrac is an estimate of the fraction of
|
|
* the population represented by the histogram that satisfies
|
|
* "x <= constval". Somewhat remarkably, this statement is
|
|
* true regardless of which operator we were doing the probes
|
|
* with, so long as convert_to_scalar() delivers reasonable
|
|
* results. If the probe constant is equal to some histogram
|
|
* entry, we would have considered the bin to the left of that
|
|
* entry if probing with "<" or ">=", or the bin to the right
|
|
* if probing with "<=" or ">"; but binfrac would have come
|
|
* out as 1.0 in the first case and 0.0 in the second, leading
|
|
* to the same histfrac in either case. For probe constants
|
|
* between histogram entries, we find the same bin and get the
|
|
* same estimate with any operator.
|
|
*
|
|
* The fact that the estimate corresponds to "x <= constval"
|
|
* and not "x < constval" is because of the way that ANALYZE
|
|
* constructs the histogram: each entry is, effectively, the
|
|
* rightmost value in its sample bucket. So selectivity
|
|
* values that are exact multiples of 1/(histogram_size-1)
|
|
* should be understood as estimates including a histogram
|
|
* entry plus everything to its left.
|
|
*
|
|
* However, that breaks down for the first histogram entry,
|
|
* which necessarily is the leftmost value in its sample
|
|
* bucket. That means the first histogram bin is slightly
|
|
* narrower than the rest, by an amount equal to eq_selec.
|
|
* Another way to say that is that we want "x <= leftmost" to
|
|
* be estimated as eq_selec not zero. So, if we're dealing
|
|
* with the first bin (i==1), rescale to make that true while
|
|
* adjusting the rest of that bin linearly.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (i == 1)
|
|
histfrac += eq_selec * (1.0 - binfrac);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* "x <= constval" is good if we want an estimate for "<=" or
|
|
* ">", but if we are estimating for "<" or ">=", we now need
|
|
* to decrease the estimate by eq_selec.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (isgt == iseq)
|
|
histfrac -= eq_selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now the estimate is finished for "<" and "<=" cases. If we are
|
|
* estimating for ">" or ">=", flip it.
|
|
*/
|
|
hist_selec = isgt ? (1.0 - histfrac) : histfrac;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The histogram boundaries are only approximate to begin with,
|
|
* and may well be out of date anyway. Therefore, don't believe
|
|
* extremely small or large selectivity estimates --- unless we
|
|
* got actual current endpoint values from the table, in which
|
|
* case just do the usual sanity clamp. Somewhat arbitrarily, we
|
|
* set the cutoff for other cases at a hundredth of the histogram
|
|
* resolution.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (have_end)
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(hist_selec);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
double cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
|
|
|
|
if (hist_selec < cutoff)
|
|
hist_selec = cutoff;
|
|
else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
|
|
hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sslot.nvalues > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we get here, we have a histogram but it's not sorted the way
|
|
* we want. Do a brute-force search to see how many of the
|
|
* entries satisfy the comparison condition, and take that
|
|
* fraction as our estimate. (This is identical to the inner loop
|
|
* of histogram_selectivity; maybe share code?)
|
|
*/
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
int nmatch = 0;
|
|
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
nmatch++;
|
|
}
|
|
hist_selec = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) sslot.nvalues);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* As above, clamp to a hundredth of the histogram resolution.
|
|
* This case is surely even less trustworthy than the normal one,
|
|
* so we shouldn't believe exact 0 or 1 selectivity. (Maybe the
|
|
* clamp should be more restrictive in this case?)
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
double cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
|
|
|
|
if (hist_selec < cutoff)
|
|
hist_selec = cutoff;
|
|
else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
|
|
hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hist_selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Common wrapper function for the selectivity estimators that simply
|
|
* invoke scalarineqsel().
|
|
*/
|
|
static Datum
|
|
scalarineqsel_wrapper(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool isgt, bool iseq)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Oid operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
List *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
|
|
int varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
|
|
Oid collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
Node *other;
|
|
bool varonleft;
|
|
Datum constval;
|
|
Oid consttype;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If expression is not variable op something or something op variable,
|
|
* then punt and return a default estimate.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
|
|
&vardata, &other, &varonleft))
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Can't do anything useful if the something is not a constant, either.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!IsA(other, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
|
|
* operator will never return TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (((Const *) other)->constisnull)
|
|
{
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(0.0);
|
|
}
|
|
constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
|
|
consttype = ((Const *) other)->consttype;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Force the var to be on the left to simplify logic in scalarineqsel.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!varonleft)
|
|
{
|
|
operator = get_commutator(operator);
|
|
if (!operator)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
isgt = !isgt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of the work is done by scalarineqsel(). */
|
|
selec = scalarineqsel(root, operator, isgt, iseq, collation,
|
|
&vardata, constval, consttype);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalarltsel - Selectivity of "<" for scalars.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalarltsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalarlesel - Selectivity of "<=" for scalars.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalarlesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalargtsel - Selectivity of ">" for scalars.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalargtsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalargesel - Selectivity of ">=" for scalars.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalargesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* boolvarsel - Selectivity of Boolean variable.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can actually be called on any boolean-valued expression. If it
|
|
* involves only Vars of the specified relation, and if there are statistics
|
|
* about the Var or expression (the latter is possible if it's indexed) then
|
|
* we'll produce a real estimate; otherwise it's just a default.
|
|
*/
|
|
Selectivity
|
|
boolvarsel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *arg, int varRelid)
|
|
{
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* A boolean variable V is equivalent to the clause V = 't', so we
|
|
* compute the selectivity as if that is what we have.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, BooleanEqualOperator, InvalidOid,
|
|
BoolGetDatum(true), false, true, false);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Otherwise, the default estimate is 0.5 */
|
|
selec = 0.5;
|
|
}
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* booltestsel - Selectivity of BooleanTest Node.
|
|
*/
|
|
Selectivity
|
|
booltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, BoolTestType booltesttype, Node *arg,
|
|
int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
double freq_null;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
|
|
freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS)
|
|
&& sslot.nnumbers > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
double freq_true;
|
|
double freq_false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get first MCV frequency and derive frequency for true.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (DatumGetBool(sslot.values[0]))
|
|
freq_true = sslot.numbers[0];
|
|
else
|
|
freq_true = 1.0 - sslot.numbers[0] - freq_null;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Next derive frequency for false. Then use these as appropriate
|
|
* to derive frequency for each case.
|
|
*/
|
|
freq_false = 1.0 - freq_true - freq_null;
|
|
|
|
switch (booltesttype)
|
|
{
|
|
case IS_UNKNOWN:
|
|
/* select only NULL values */
|
|
selec = freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
|
|
/* select non-NULL values */
|
|
selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_TRUE:
|
|
/* select only TRUE values */
|
|
selec = freq_true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_TRUE:
|
|
/* select non-TRUE values */
|
|
selec = 1.0 - freq_true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_FALSE:
|
|
/* select only FALSE values */
|
|
selec = freq_false;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_FALSE:
|
|
/* select non-FALSE values */
|
|
selec = 1.0 - freq_false;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
|
|
(int) booltesttype);
|
|
selec = 0.0; /* Keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No most-common-value info available. Still have null fraction
|
|
* information, so use it for IS [NOT] UNKNOWN. Otherwise adjust
|
|
* for null fraction and assume a 50-50 split of TRUE and FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (booltesttype)
|
|
{
|
|
case IS_UNKNOWN:
|
|
/* select only NULL values */
|
|
selec = freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
|
|
/* select non-NULL values */
|
|
selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_TRUE:
|
|
case IS_FALSE:
|
|
/* Assume we select half of the non-NULL values */
|
|
selec = (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_TRUE:
|
|
case IS_NOT_FALSE:
|
|
/* Assume we select NULLs plus half of the non-NULLs */
|
|
/* equiv. to freq_null + (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0 */
|
|
selec = (freq_null + 1.0) / 2.0;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
|
|
(int) booltesttype);
|
|
selec = 0.0; /* Keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we can't get variable statistics for the argument, perhaps
|
|
* clause_selectivity can do something with it. We ignore the
|
|
* possibility of a NULL value when using clause_selectivity, and just
|
|
* assume the value is either TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (booltesttype)
|
|
{
|
|
case IS_UNKNOWN:
|
|
selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
|
|
selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_TRUE:
|
|
case IS_NOT_FALSE:
|
|
selec = (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
|
|
varRelid,
|
|
jointype, sjinfo);
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_FALSE:
|
|
case IS_NOT_TRUE:
|
|
selec = 1.0 - (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
|
|
varRelid,
|
|
jointype, sjinfo);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
|
|
(int) booltesttype);
|
|
selec = 0.0; /* Keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return (Selectivity) selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* nulltestsel - Selectivity of NullTest Node.
|
|
*/
|
|
Selectivity
|
|
nulltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, NullTestType nulltesttype, Node *arg,
|
|
int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
double freq_null;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
|
|
freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
|
|
switch (nulltesttype)
|
|
{
|
|
case IS_NULL:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use freq_null directly.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_NULL:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select not unknown (not null) values. Calculate from
|
|
* freq_null.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
|
|
(int) nulltesttype);
|
|
return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vardata.var && IsA(vardata.var, Var) &&
|
|
((Var *) vardata.var)->varattno < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* There are no stats for system columns, but we know they are never
|
|
* NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = (nulltesttype == IS_NULL) ? 0.0 : 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (nulltesttype)
|
|
{
|
|
case IS_NULL:
|
|
selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IS_NOT_NULL:
|
|
selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
|
|
(int) nulltesttype);
|
|
return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
return (Selectivity) selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* strip_array_coercion - strip binary-compatible relabeling from an array expr
|
|
*
|
|
* For array values, the parser normally generates ArrayCoerceExpr conversions,
|
|
* but it seems possible that RelabelType might show up. Also, the planner
|
|
* is not currently tense about collapsing stacked ArrayCoerceExpr nodes,
|
|
* so we need to be ready to deal with more than one level.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Node *
|
|
strip_array_coercion(Node *node)
|
|
{
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (node && IsA(node, ArrayCoerceExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayCoerceExpr *acoerce = (ArrayCoerceExpr *) node;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the per-element expression is just a RelabelType on top of
|
|
* CaseTestExpr, then we know it's a binary-compatible relabeling.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(acoerce->elemexpr, RelabelType) &&
|
|
IsA(((RelabelType *) acoerce->elemexpr)->arg, CaseTestExpr))
|
|
node = (Node *) acoerce->arg;
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (node && IsA(node, RelabelType))
|
|
{
|
|
/* We don't really expect this case, but may as well cope */
|
|
node = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return node;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalararraysel - Selectivity of ScalarArrayOpExpr Node.
|
|
*/
|
|
Selectivity
|
|
scalararraysel(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
|
|
bool is_join_clause,
|
|
int varRelid,
|
|
JoinType jointype,
|
|
SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid operator = clause->opno;
|
|
bool useOr = clause->useOr;
|
|
bool isEquality = false;
|
|
bool isInequality = false;
|
|
Node *leftop;
|
|
Node *rightop;
|
|
Oid nominal_element_type;
|
|
Oid nominal_element_collation;
|
|
TypeCacheEntry *typentry;
|
|
RegProcedure oprsel;
|
|
FmgrInfo oprselproc;
|
|
Selectivity s1;
|
|
Selectivity s1disjoint;
|
|
|
|
/* First, deconstruct the expression */
|
|
Assert(list_length(clause->args) == 2);
|
|
leftop = (Node *) linitial(clause->args);
|
|
rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
|
|
|
|
/* aggressively reduce both sides to constants */
|
|
leftop = estimate_expression_value(root, leftop);
|
|
rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
|
|
|
|
/* get nominal (after relabeling) element type of rightop */
|
|
nominal_element_type = get_base_element_type(exprType(rightop));
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(nominal_element_type))
|
|
return (Selectivity) 0.5; /* probably shouldn't happen */
|
|
/* get nominal collation, too, for generating constants */
|
|
nominal_element_collation = exprCollation(rightop);
|
|
|
|
/* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of rightop */
|
|
rightop = strip_array_coercion(rightop);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Detect whether the operator is the default equality or inequality
|
|
* operator of the array element type.
|
|
*/
|
|
typentry = lookup_type_cache(nominal_element_type, TYPECACHE_EQ_OPR);
|
|
if (OidIsValid(typentry->eq_opr))
|
|
{
|
|
if (operator == typentry->eq_opr)
|
|
isEquality = true;
|
|
else if (get_negator(operator) == typentry->eq_opr)
|
|
isInequality = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it is equality or inequality, we might be able to estimate this as a
|
|
* form of array containment; for instance "const = ANY(column)" can be
|
|
* treated as "ARRAY[const] <@ column". scalararraysel_containment tries
|
|
* that, and returns the selectivity estimate if successful, or -1 if not.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((isEquality || isInequality) && !is_join_clause)
|
|
{
|
|
s1 = scalararraysel_containment(root, leftop, rightop,
|
|
nominal_element_type,
|
|
isEquality, useOr, varRelid);
|
|
if (s1 >= 0.0)
|
|
return s1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the underlying operator's selectivity estimator. Punt if it
|
|
* hasn't got one.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (is_join_clause)
|
|
oprsel = get_oprjoin(operator);
|
|
else
|
|
oprsel = get_oprrest(operator);
|
|
if (!oprsel)
|
|
return (Selectivity) 0.5;
|
|
fmgr_info(oprsel, &oprselproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In the array-containment check above, we must only believe that an
|
|
* operator is equality or inequality if it is the default btree equality
|
|
* operator (or its negator) for the element type, since those are the
|
|
* operators that array containment will use. But in what follows, we can
|
|
* be a little laxer, and also believe that any operators using eqsel() or
|
|
* neqsel() as selectivity estimator act like equality or inequality.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (oprsel == F_EQSEL || oprsel == F_EQJOINSEL)
|
|
isEquality = true;
|
|
else if (oprsel == F_NEQSEL || oprsel == F_NEQJOINSEL)
|
|
isInequality = true;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We consider three cases:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. rightop is an Array constant: deconstruct the array, apply the
|
|
* operator's selectivity function for each array element, and merge the
|
|
* results in the same way that clausesel.c does for AND/OR combinations.
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. rightop is an ARRAY[] construct: apply the operator's selectivity
|
|
* function for each element of the ARRAY[] construct, and merge.
|
|
*
|
|
* 3. otherwise, make a guess ...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rightop && IsA(rightop, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
Datum arraydatum = ((Const *) rightop)->constvalue;
|
|
bool arrayisnull = ((Const *) rightop)->constisnull;
|
|
ArrayType *arrayval;
|
|
int16 elmlen;
|
|
bool elmbyval;
|
|
char elmalign;
|
|
int num_elems;
|
|
Datum *elem_values;
|
|
bool *elem_nulls;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (arrayisnull) /* qual can't succeed if null array */
|
|
return (Selectivity) 0.0;
|
|
arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
|
|
get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
|
|
&elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
|
|
deconstruct_array(arrayval,
|
|
ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
|
|
elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
|
|
&elem_values, &elem_nulls, &num_elems);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For generic operators, we assume the probability of success is
|
|
* independent for each array element. But for "= ANY" or "<> ALL",
|
|
* if the array elements are distinct (which'd typically be the case)
|
|
* then the probabilities are disjoint, and we should just sum them.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we were being really tense we would try to confirm that the
|
|
* elements are all distinct, but that would be expensive and it
|
|
* doesn't seem to be worth the cycles; it would amount to penalizing
|
|
* well-written queries in favor of poorly-written ones. However, we
|
|
* do protect ourselves a little bit by checking whether the
|
|
* disjointness assumption leads to an impossible (out of range)
|
|
* probability; if so, we fall back to the normal calculation.
|
|
*/
|
|
s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_elems; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
List *args;
|
|
Selectivity s2;
|
|
|
|
args = list_make2(leftop,
|
|
makeConst(nominal_element_type,
|
|
-1,
|
|
nominal_element_collation,
|
|
elmlen,
|
|
elem_values[i],
|
|
elem_nulls[i],
|
|
elmbyval));
|
|
if (is_join_clause)
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(jointype),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
|
|
else
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
|
|
|
|
if (useOr)
|
|
{
|
|
s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
|
|
if (isEquality)
|
|
s1disjoint += s2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
s1 = s1 * s2;
|
|
if (isInequality)
|
|
s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
|
|
if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
|
|
s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
|
|
s1 = s1disjoint;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (rightop && IsA(rightop, ArrayExpr) &&
|
|
!((ArrayExpr *) rightop)->multidims)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) rightop;
|
|
int16 elmlen;
|
|
bool elmbyval;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
|
|
get_typlenbyval(arrayexpr->element_typeid,
|
|
&elmlen, &elmbyval);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use the assumption of disjoint probabilities here too, although
|
|
* the odds of equal array elements are rather higher if the elements
|
|
* are not all constants (which they won't be, else constant folding
|
|
* would have reduced the ArrayExpr to a Const). In this path it's
|
|
* critical to have the sanity check on the s1disjoint estimate.
|
|
*/
|
|
s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
|
|
|
|
foreach(l, arrayexpr->elements)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *elem = (Node *) lfirst(l);
|
|
List *args;
|
|
Selectivity s2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Theoretically, if elem isn't of nominal_element_type we should
|
|
* insert a RelabelType, but it seems unlikely that any operator
|
|
* estimation function would really care ...
|
|
*/
|
|
args = list_make2(leftop, elem);
|
|
if (is_join_clause)
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(jointype),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
|
|
else
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
|
|
|
|
if (useOr)
|
|
{
|
|
s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
|
|
if (isEquality)
|
|
s1disjoint += s2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
s1 = s1 * s2;
|
|
if (isInequality)
|
|
s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
|
|
if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
|
|
s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
|
|
s1 = s1disjoint;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
CaseTestExpr *dummyexpr;
|
|
List *args;
|
|
Selectivity s2;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need a dummy rightop to pass to the operator selectivity
|
|
* routine. It can be pretty much anything that doesn't look like a
|
|
* constant; CaseTestExpr is a convenient choice.
|
|
*/
|
|
dummyexpr = makeNode(CaseTestExpr);
|
|
dummyexpr->typeId = nominal_element_type;
|
|
dummyexpr->typeMod = -1;
|
|
dummyexpr->collation = clause->inputcollid;
|
|
args = list_make2(leftop, dummyexpr);
|
|
if (is_join_clause)
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(jointype),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
|
|
else
|
|
s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
|
|
clause->inputcollid,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
|
|
s1 = useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Arbitrarily assume 10 elements in the eventual array value (see
|
|
* also estimate_array_length). We don't risk an assumption of
|
|
* disjoint probabilities here.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (useOr)
|
|
s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
|
|
else
|
|
s1 = s1 * s2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* result should be in range, but make sure... */
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(s1);
|
|
|
|
return s1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate number of elements in the array yielded by an expression.
|
|
*
|
|
* It's important that this agree with scalararraysel.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
estimate_array_length(Node *arrayexpr)
|
|
{
|
|
/* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of arrayexpr */
|
|
arrayexpr = strip_array_coercion(arrayexpr);
|
|
|
|
if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
Datum arraydatum = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constvalue;
|
|
bool arrayisnull = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constisnull;
|
|
ArrayType *arrayval;
|
|
|
|
if (arrayisnull)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
|
|
return ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(arrayval), ARR_DIMS(arrayval));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, ArrayExpr) &&
|
|
!((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->multidims)
|
|
{
|
|
return list_length(((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->elements);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* default guess --- see also scalararraysel */
|
|
return 10;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* rowcomparesel - Selectivity of RowCompareExpr Node.
|
|
*
|
|
* We estimate RowCompare selectivity by considering just the first (high
|
|
* order) columns, which makes it equivalent to an ordinary OpExpr. While
|
|
* this estimate could be refined by considering additional columns, it
|
|
* seems unlikely that we could do a lot better without multi-column
|
|
* statistics.
|
|
*/
|
|
Selectivity
|
|
rowcomparesel(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
RowCompareExpr *clause,
|
|
int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
Selectivity s1;
|
|
Oid opno = linitial_oid(clause->opnos);
|
|
Oid inputcollid = linitial_oid(clause->inputcollids);
|
|
List *opargs;
|
|
bool is_join_clause;
|
|
|
|
/* Build equivalent arg list for single operator */
|
|
opargs = list_make2(linitial(clause->largs), linitial(clause->rargs));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide if it's a join clause. This should match clausesel.c's
|
|
* treat_as_join_clause(), except that we intentionally consider only the
|
|
* leading columns and not the rest of the clause.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (varRelid != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Caller is forcing restriction mode (eg, because we are examining an
|
|
* inner indexscan qual).
|
|
*/
|
|
is_join_clause = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sjinfo == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* It must be a restriction clause, since it's being evaluated at a
|
|
* scan node.
|
|
*/
|
|
is_join_clause = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, it's a join if there's more than one relation used.
|
|
*/
|
|
is_join_clause = (NumRelids(root, (Node *) opargs) > 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (is_join_clause)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Estimate selectivity for a join clause. */
|
|
s1 = join_selectivity(root, opno,
|
|
opargs,
|
|
inputcollid,
|
|
jointype,
|
|
sjinfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Estimate selectivity for a restriction clause. */
|
|
s1 = restriction_selectivity(root, opno,
|
|
opargs,
|
|
inputcollid,
|
|
varRelid);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* eqjoinsel - Join selectivity of "="
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
eqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Oid operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
List *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NOT_USED
|
|
JoinType jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
|
|
#endif
|
|
SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
|
|
Oid collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
|
|
double selec;
|
|
double selec_inner;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata1;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata2;
|
|
double nd1;
|
|
double nd2;
|
|
bool isdefault1;
|
|
bool isdefault2;
|
|
Oid opfuncoid;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot1;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot2;
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats1 = NULL;
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats2 = NULL;
|
|
bool have_mcvs1 = false;
|
|
bool have_mcvs2 = false;
|
|
bool join_is_reversed;
|
|
RelOptInfo *inner_rel;
|
|
|
|
get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo,
|
|
&vardata1, &vardata2, &join_is_reversed);
|
|
|
|
nd1 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata1, &isdefault1);
|
|
nd2 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata2, &isdefault2);
|
|
|
|
opfuncoid = get_opcode(operator);
|
|
|
|
memset(&sslot1, 0, sizeof(sslot1));
|
|
memset(&sslot2, 0, sizeof(sslot2));
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata1.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
|
|
stats1 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata1.statsTuple);
|
|
if (statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata1, opfuncoid))
|
|
have_mcvs1 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot1, vardata1.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata2.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
|
|
stats2 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata2.statsTuple);
|
|
if (statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata2, opfuncoid))
|
|
have_mcvs2 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot2, vardata2.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We need to compute the inner-join selectivity in all cases */
|
|
selec_inner = eqjoinsel_inner(opfuncoid, collation,
|
|
&vardata1, &vardata2,
|
|
nd1, nd2,
|
|
isdefault1, isdefault2,
|
|
&sslot1, &sslot2,
|
|
stats1, stats2,
|
|
have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2);
|
|
|
|
switch (sjinfo->jointype)
|
|
{
|
|
case JOIN_INNER:
|
|
case JOIN_LEFT:
|
|
case JOIN_FULL:
|
|
selec = selec_inner;
|
|
break;
|
|
case JOIN_SEMI:
|
|
case JOIN_ANTI:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the join's inner relation. min_righthand is sufficient
|
|
* information because neither SEMI nor ANTI joins permit any
|
|
* reassociation into or out of their RHS, so the righthand will
|
|
* always be exactly that set of rels.
|
|
*/
|
|
inner_rel = find_join_input_rel(root, sjinfo->min_righthand);
|
|
|
|
if (!join_is_reversed)
|
|
selec = eqjoinsel_semi(opfuncoid, collation,
|
|
&vardata1, &vardata2,
|
|
nd1, nd2,
|
|
isdefault1, isdefault2,
|
|
&sslot1, &sslot2,
|
|
stats1, stats2,
|
|
have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2,
|
|
inner_rel);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Oid commop = get_commutator(operator);
|
|
Oid commopfuncoid = OidIsValid(commop) ? get_opcode(commop) : InvalidOid;
|
|
|
|
selec = eqjoinsel_semi(commopfuncoid, collation,
|
|
&vardata2, &vardata1,
|
|
nd2, nd1,
|
|
isdefault2, isdefault1,
|
|
&sslot2, &sslot1,
|
|
stats2, stats1,
|
|
have_mcvs2, have_mcvs1,
|
|
inner_rel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We should never estimate the output of a semijoin to be more
|
|
* rows than we estimate for an inner join with the same input
|
|
* rels and join condition; it's obviously impossible for that to
|
|
* happen. The former estimate is N1 * Ssemi while the latter is
|
|
* N1 * N2 * Sinner, so we may clamp Ssemi <= N2 * Sinner. Doing
|
|
* this is worthwhile because of the shakier estimation rules we
|
|
* use in eqjoinsel_semi, particularly in cases where it has to
|
|
* punt entirely.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = Min(selec, inner_rel->rows * selec_inner);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* other values not expected here */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
|
|
(int) sjinfo->jointype);
|
|
selec = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot1);
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot2);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata1);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata2);
|
|
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* eqjoinsel_inner --- eqjoinsel for normal inner join
|
|
*
|
|
* We also use this for LEFT/FULL outer joins; it's not presently clear
|
|
* that it's worth trying to distinguish them here.
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
eqjoinsel_inner(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
|
|
double nd1, double nd2,
|
|
bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
|
|
AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
|
|
bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2)
|
|
{
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have most-common-value lists for both relations. Run through
|
|
* the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
|
|
* given operator. This allows us to determine the exact join
|
|
* selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
|
|
* lists. We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
|
|
* in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
|
|
* For motivation see the analysis in Y. Ioannidis and S.
|
|
* Christodoulakis, "On the propagation of errors in the size of join
|
|
* results", Technical Report 1018, Computer Science Dept., University
|
|
* of Wisconsin, Madison, March 1991 (available from ftp.cs.wisc.edu).
|
|
*/
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
FmgrInfo eqproc;
|
|
bool *hasmatch1;
|
|
bool *hasmatch2;
|
|
double nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
|
|
double nullfrac2 = stats2->stanullfrac;
|
|
double matchprodfreq,
|
|
matchfreq1,
|
|
matchfreq2,
|
|
unmatchfreq1,
|
|
unmatchfreq2,
|
|
otherfreq1,
|
|
otherfreq2,
|
|
totalsel1,
|
|
totalsel2;
|
|
int i,
|
|
nmatches;
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once. Using
|
|
* FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the eqproc
|
|
* returns NULL, though really equality functions should never do
|
|
* that.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
|
|
hasmatch1 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot1->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
|
|
hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot2->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note we assume that each MCV will match at most one member of the
|
|
* other MCV list. If the operator isn't really equality, there could
|
|
* be multiple matches --- but we don't look for them, both for speed
|
|
* and because the math wouldn't add up...
|
|
*/
|
|
matchprodfreq = 0.0;
|
|
nmatches = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot1->values[i];
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < sslot2->nvalues; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
if (hasmatch2[j])
|
|
continue;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot2->values[j];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
{
|
|
hasmatch1[i] = hasmatch2[j] = true;
|
|
matchprodfreq += sslot1->numbers[i] * sslot2->numbers[j];
|
|
nmatches++;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchprodfreq);
|
|
/* Sum up frequencies of matched and unmatched MCVs */
|
|
matchfreq1 = unmatchfreq1 = 0.0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (hasmatch1[i])
|
|
matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
|
|
else
|
|
unmatchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
|
|
}
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq1);
|
|
matchfreq2 = unmatchfreq2 = 0.0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot2->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (hasmatch2[i])
|
|
matchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
|
|
else
|
|
unmatchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
|
|
}
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq2);
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq2);
|
|
pfree(hasmatch1);
|
|
pfree(hasmatch2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute total frequency of non-null values that are not in the MCV
|
|
* lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
otherfreq1 = 1.0 - nullfrac1 - matchfreq1 - unmatchfreq1;
|
|
otherfreq2 = 1.0 - nullfrac2 - matchfreq2 - unmatchfreq2;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq1);
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can estimate the total selectivity from the point of view of
|
|
* relation 1 as: the known selectivity for matched MCVs, plus
|
|
* unmatched MCVs that are assumed to match against random members of
|
|
* relation 2's non-MCV population, plus non-MCV values that are
|
|
* assumed to match against random members of relation 2's unmatched
|
|
* MCVs plus non-MCV values.
|
|
*/
|
|
totalsel1 = matchprodfreq;
|
|
if (nd2 > sslot2->nvalues)
|
|
totalsel1 += unmatchfreq1 * otherfreq2 / (nd2 - sslot2->nvalues);
|
|
if (nd2 > nmatches)
|
|
totalsel1 += otherfreq1 * (otherfreq2 + unmatchfreq2) /
|
|
(nd2 - nmatches);
|
|
/* Same estimate from the point of view of relation 2. */
|
|
totalsel2 = matchprodfreq;
|
|
if (nd1 > sslot1->nvalues)
|
|
totalsel2 += unmatchfreq2 * otherfreq1 / (nd1 - sslot1->nvalues);
|
|
if (nd1 > nmatches)
|
|
totalsel2 += otherfreq2 * (otherfreq1 + unmatchfreq1) /
|
|
(nd1 - nmatches);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use the smaller of the two estimates. This can be justified in
|
|
* essentially the same terms as given below for the no-stats case: to
|
|
* a first approximation, we are estimating from the point of view of
|
|
* the relation with smaller nd.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = (totalsel1 < totalsel2) ? totalsel1 : totalsel2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We do not have MCV lists for both sides. Estimate the join
|
|
* selectivity as MIN(1/nd1,1/nd2)*(1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2). This
|
|
* is plausible if we assume that the join operator is strict and the
|
|
* non-null values are about equally distributed: a given non-null
|
|
* tuple of rel1 will join to either zero or N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 rows
|
|
* of rel2, so total join rows are at most
|
|
* N1*(1-nullfrac1)*N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 giving a join selectivity of
|
|
* not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2. By the same logic it
|
|
* is not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd1, so the expression
|
|
* with MIN() is an upper bound. Using the MIN() means we estimate
|
|
* from the point of view of the relation with smaller nd (since the
|
|
* larger nd is determining the MIN). It is reasonable to assume that
|
|
* most tuples in this rel will have join partners, so the bound is
|
|
* probably reasonably tight and should be taken as-is.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX Can we be smarter if we have an MCV list for just one side? It
|
|
* seems that if we assume equal distribution for the other side, we
|
|
* end up with the same answer anyway.
|
|
*/
|
|
double nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
|
|
double nullfrac2 = stats2 ? stats2->stanullfrac : 0.0;
|
|
|
|
selec = (1.0 - nullfrac1) * (1.0 - nullfrac2);
|
|
if (nd1 > nd2)
|
|
selec /= nd1;
|
|
else
|
|
selec /= nd2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* eqjoinsel_semi --- eqjoinsel for semi join
|
|
*
|
|
* (Also used for anti join, which we are supposed to estimate the same way.)
|
|
* Caller has ensured that vardata1 is the LHS variable.
|
|
* Unlike eqjoinsel_inner, we have to cope with opfuncoid being InvalidOid.
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
eqjoinsel_semi(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
|
|
double nd1, double nd2,
|
|
bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
|
|
AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
|
|
bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
|
|
RelOptInfo *inner_rel)
|
|
{
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We clamp nd2 to be not more than what we estimate the inner relation's
|
|
* size to be. This is intuitively somewhat reasonable since obviously
|
|
* there can't be more than that many distinct values coming from the
|
|
* inner rel. The reason for the asymmetry (ie, that we don't clamp nd1
|
|
* likewise) is that this is the only pathway by which restriction clauses
|
|
* applied to the inner rel will affect the join result size estimate,
|
|
* since set_joinrel_size_estimates will multiply SEMI/ANTI selectivity by
|
|
* only the outer rel's size. If we clamped nd1 we'd be double-counting
|
|
* the selectivity of outer-rel restrictions.
|
|
*
|
|
* We can apply this clamping both with respect to the base relation from
|
|
* which the join variable comes (if there is just one), and to the
|
|
* immediate inner input relation of the current join.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we clamp, we can treat nd2 as being a non-default estimate; it's not
|
|
* great, maybe, but it didn't come out of nowhere either. This is most
|
|
* helpful when the inner relation is empty and consequently has no stats.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata2->rel)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nd2 >= vardata2->rel->rows)
|
|
{
|
|
nd2 = vardata2->rel->rows;
|
|
isdefault2 = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (nd2 >= inner_rel->rows)
|
|
{
|
|
nd2 = inner_rel->rows;
|
|
isdefault2 = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2 && OidIsValid(opfuncoid))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have most-common-value lists for both relations. Run through
|
|
* the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
|
|
* given operator. This allows us to determine the exact join
|
|
* selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
|
|
* lists. We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
|
|
* in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
|
|
*/
|
|
LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
|
|
FmgrInfo eqproc;
|
|
bool *hasmatch1;
|
|
bool *hasmatch2;
|
|
double nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
|
|
double matchfreq1,
|
|
uncertainfrac,
|
|
uncertain;
|
|
int i,
|
|
nmatches,
|
|
clamped_nvalues2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The clamping above could have resulted in nd2 being less than
|
|
* sslot2->nvalues; in which case, we assume that precisely the nd2
|
|
* most common values in the relation will appear in the join input,
|
|
* and so compare to only the first nd2 members of the MCV list. Of
|
|
* course this is frequently wrong, but it's the best bet we can make.
|
|
*/
|
|
clamped_nvalues2 = Min(sslot2->nvalues, nd2);
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once. Using
|
|
* FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the eqproc
|
|
* returns NULL, though really equality functions should never do
|
|
* that.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
|
|
|
|
hasmatch1 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot1->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
|
|
hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(clamped_nvalues2 * sizeof(bool));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note we assume that each MCV will match at most one member of the
|
|
* other MCV list. If the operator isn't really equality, there could
|
|
* be multiple matches --- but we don't look for them, both for speed
|
|
* and because the math wouldn't add up...
|
|
*/
|
|
nmatches = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot1->values[i];
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < clamped_nvalues2; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum fresult;
|
|
|
|
if (hasmatch2[j])
|
|
continue;
|
|
fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot2->values[j];
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = false;
|
|
fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
|
|
{
|
|
hasmatch1[i] = hasmatch2[j] = true;
|
|
nmatches++;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* Sum up frequencies of matched MCVs */
|
|
matchfreq1 = 0.0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (hasmatch1[i])
|
|
matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
|
|
}
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
|
|
pfree(hasmatch1);
|
|
pfree(hasmatch2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we need to estimate the fraction of relation 1 that has at
|
|
* least one join partner. We know for certain that the matched MCVs
|
|
* do, so that gives us a lower bound, but we're really in the dark
|
|
* about everything else. Our crude approach is: if nd1 <= nd2 then
|
|
* assume all non-null rel1 rows have join partners, else assume for
|
|
* the uncertain rows that a fraction nd2/nd1 have join partners. We
|
|
* can discount the known-matched MCVs from the distinct-values counts
|
|
* before doing the division.
|
|
*
|
|
* Crude as the above is, it's completely useless if we don't have
|
|
* reliable ndistinct values for both sides. Hence, if either nd1 or
|
|
* nd2 is default, punt and assume half of the uncertain rows have
|
|
* join partners.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
|
|
{
|
|
nd1 -= nmatches;
|
|
nd2 -= nmatches;
|
|
if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
|
|
uncertainfrac = 1.0;
|
|
else
|
|
uncertainfrac = nd2 / nd1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
uncertainfrac = 0.5;
|
|
uncertain = 1.0 - matchfreq1 - nullfrac1;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(uncertain);
|
|
selec = matchfreq1 + uncertainfrac * uncertain;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Without MCV lists for both sides, we can only use the heuristic
|
|
* about nd1 vs nd2.
|
|
*/
|
|
double nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
|
|
|
|
if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
|
|
selec = 1.0 - nullfrac1;
|
|
else
|
|
selec = (nd2 / nd1) * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
selec = 0.5 * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return selec;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* neqjoinsel - Join selectivity of "!="
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
neqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Oid operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
List *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
|
|
JoinType jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
|
|
SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
|
|
Oid collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
|
|
float8 result;
|
|
|
|
if (jointype == JOIN_SEMI || jointype == JOIN_ANTI)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For semi-joins, if there is more than one distinct value in the RHS
|
|
* relation then every non-null LHS row must find a row to join since
|
|
* it can only be equal to one of them. We'll assume that there is
|
|
* always more than one distinct RHS value for the sake of stability,
|
|
* though in theory we could have special cases for empty RHS
|
|
* (selectivity = 0) and single-distinct-value RHS (selectivity =
|
|
* fraction of LHS that has the same value as the single RHS value).
|
|
*
|
|
* For anti-joins, if we use the same assumption that there is more
|
|
* than one distinct key in the RHS relation, then every non-null LHS
|
|
* row must be suppressed by the anti-join.
|
|
*
|
|
* So either way, the selectivity estimate should be 1 - nullfrac.
|
|
*/
|
|
VariableStatData leftvar;
|
|
VariableStatData rightvar;
|
|
bool reversed;
|
|
HeapTuple statsTuple;
|
|
double nullfrac;
|
|
|
|
get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo, &leftvar, &rightvar, &reversed);
|
|
statsTuple = reversed ? rightvar.statsTuple : leftvar.statsTuple;
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(statsTuple))
|
|
nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
|
|
else
|
|
nullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
|
|
|
|
result = 1.0 - nullfrac;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We want 1 - eqjoinsel() where the equality operator is the one
|
|
* associated with this != operator, that is, its negator.
|
|
*/
|
|
Oid eqop = get_negator(operator);
|
|
|
|
if (eqop)
|
|
{
|
|
result =
|
|
DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall5Coll(eqjoinsel,
|
|
collation,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(root),
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(eqop),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(args),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(jointype),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
|
|
result = DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
|
|
}
|
|
result = 1.0 - result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalarltjoinsel - Join selectivity of "<" for scalars
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalarltjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalarlejoinsel - Join selectivity of "<=" for scalars
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalarlejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalargtjoinsel - Join selectivity of ">" for scalars
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalargtjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* scalargejoinsel - Join selectivity of ">=" for scalars
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
scalargejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* mergejoinscansel - Scan selectivity of merge join.
|
|
*
|
|
* A merge join will stop as soon as it exhausts either input stream.
|
|
* Therefore, if we can estimate the ranges of both input variables,
|
|
* we can estimate how much of the input will actually be read. This
|
|
* can have a considerable impact on the cost when using indexscans.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also, we can estimate how much of each input has to be read before the
|
|
* first join pair is found, which will affect the join's startup time.
|
|
*
|
|
* clause should be a clause already known to be mergejoinable. opfamily,
|
|
* strategy, and nulls_first specify the sort ordering being used.
|
|
*
|
|
* The outputs are:
|
|
* *leftstart is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
|
|
* to be scanned before the first join pair is found (0 to 1).
|
|
* *leftend is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
|
|
* to be scanned before the join terminates (0 to 1).
|
|
* *rightstart, *rightend similarly for the right-hand variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
mergejoinscansel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *clause,
|
|
Oid opfamily, int strategy, bool nulls_first,
|
|
Selectivity *leftstart, Selectivity *leftend,
|
|
Selectivity *rightstart, Selectivity *rightend)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *left,
|
|
*right;
|
|
VariableStatData leftvar,
|
|
rightvar;
|
|
int op_strategy;
|
|
Oid op_lefttype;
|
|
Oid op_righttype;
|
|
Oid opno,
|
|
collation,
|
|
lsortop,
|
|
rsortop,
|
|
lstatop,
|
|
rstatop,
|
|
ltop,
|
|
leop,
|
|
revltop,
|
|
revleop;
|
|
bool isgt;
|
|
Datum leftmin,
|
|
leftmax,
|
|
rightmin,
|
|
rightmax;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
/* Set default results if we can't figure anything out. */
|
|
/* XXX should default "start" fraction be a bit more than 0? */
|
|
*leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
|
|
*leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/* Deconstruct the merge clause */
|
|
if (!is_opclause(clause))
|
|
return; /* shouldn't happen */
|
|
opno = ((OpExpr *) clause)->opno;
|
|
collation = ((OpExpr *) clause)->inputcollid;
|
|
left = get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
|
|
right = get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
|
|
if (!right)
|
|
return; /* shouldn't happen */
|
|
|
|
/* Look for stats for the inputs */
|
|
examine_variable(root, left, 0, &leftvar);
|
|
examine_variable(root, right, 0, &rightvar);
|
|
|
|
/* Extract the operator's declared left/right datatypes */
|
|
get_op_opfamily_properties(opno, opfamily, false,
|
|
&op_strategy,
|
|
&op_lefttype,
|
|
&op_righttype);
|
|
Assert(op_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the various operators we need. If we don't find them all, it
|
|
* probably means the opfamily is broken, but we just fail silently.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: we expect that pg_statistic histograms will be sorted by the '<'
|
|
* operator, regardless of which sort direction we are considering.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (strategy)
|
|
{
|
|
case BTLessStrategyNumber:
|
|
isgt = false;
|
|
if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
|
|
{
|
|
/* easy case */
|
|
ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
lsortop = ltop;
|
|
rsortop = ltop;
|
|
lstatop = lsortop;
|
|
rstatop = rsortop;
|
|
revltop = ltop;
|
|
revleop = leop;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
lstatop = lsortop;
|
|
rstatop = rsortop;
|
|
revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
|
|
/* descending-order case */
|
|
isgt = true;
|
|
if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
|
|
{
|
|
/* easy case */
|
|
ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
|
|
leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
lsortop = ltop;
|
|
rsortop = ltop;
|
|
lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
rstatop = lstatop;
|
|
revltop = ltop;
|
|
revleop = leop;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
|
|
leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
|
|
rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
|
|
lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
rstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_righttype,
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
|
|
revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
|
|
op_righttype, op_lefttype,
|
|
BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
goto fail; /* shouldn't get here */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(lsortop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(rsortop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(lstatop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(rstatop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(ltop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(leop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(revltop) ||
|
|
!OidIsValid(revleop))
|
|
goto fail; /* insufficient info in catalogs */
|
|
|
|
/* Try to get ranges of both inputs */
|
|
if (!isgt)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
|
|
&leftmin, &leftmax))
|
|
goto fail; /* no range available from stats */
|
|
if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
|
|
&rightmin, &rightmax))
|
|
goto fail; /* no range available from stats */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* need to swap the max and min */
|
|
if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
|
|
&leftmax, &leftmin))
|
|
goto fail; /* no range available from stats */
|
|
if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
|
|
&rightmax, &rightmin))
|
|
goto fail; /* no range available from stats */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned is the
|
|
* fraction that's <= the right-side maximum value. But only believe
|
|
* non-default estimates, else stick with our 1.0.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = scalarineqsel(root, leop, isgt, true, collation, &leftvar,
|
|
rightmax, op_righttype);
|
|
if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
|
|
*leftend = selec;
|
|
|
|
/* And similarly for the right variable. */
|
|
selec = scalarineqsel(root, revleop, isgt, true, collation, &rightvar,
|
|
leftmax, op_lefttype);
|
|
if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
|
|
*rightend = selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only one of the two "end" fractions can really be less than 1.0;
|
|
* believe the smaller estimate and reset the other one to exactly 1.0. If
|
|
* we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
|
|
* believe neither.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*leftend > *rightend)
|
|
*leftend = 1.0;
|
|
else if (*leftend < *rightend)
|
|
*rightend = 1.0;
|
|
else
|
|
*leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Also, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned before the
|
|
* first join pair is found is the fraction that's < the right-side
|
|
* minimum value. But only believe non-default estimates, else stick with
|
|
* our own default.
|
|
*/
|
|
selec = scalarineqsel(root, ltop, isgt, false, collation, &leftvar,
|
|
rightmin, op_righttype);
|
|
if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
|
|
*leftstart = selec;
|
|
|
|
/* And similarly for the right variable. */
|
|
selec = scalarineqsel(root, revltop, isgt, false, collation, &rightvar,
|
|
leftmin, op_lefttype);
|
|
if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
|
|
*rightstart = selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only one of the two "start" fractions can really be more than zero;
|
|
* believe the larger estimate and reset the other one to exactly 0.0. If
|
|
* we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
|
|
* believe neither.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*leftstart < *rightstart)
|
|
*leftstart = 0.0;
|
|
else if (*leftstart > *rightstart)
|
|
*rightstart = 0.0;
|
|
else
|
|
*leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the sort order is nulls-first, we're going to have to skip over any
|
|
* nulls too. These would not have been counted by scalarineqsel, and we
|
|
* can safely add in this fraction regardless of whether we believe
|
|
* scalarineqsel's results or not. But be sure to clamp the sum to 1.0!
|
|
*/
|
|
if (nulls_first)
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(leftvar.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(leftvar.statsTuple);
|
|
*leftstart += stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftstart);
|
|
*leftend += stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftend);
|
|
}
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(rightvar.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(rightvar.statsTuple);
|
|
*rightstart += stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightstart);
|
|
*rightend += stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightend);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Disbelieve start >= end, just in case that can happen */
|
|
if (*leftstart >= *leftend)
|
|
{
|
|
*leftstart = 0.0;
|
|
*leftend = 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*rightstart >= *rightend)
|
|
{
|
|
*rightstart = 0.0;
|
|
*rightend = 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fail:
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* matchingsel -- generic matching-operator selectivity support
|
|
*
|
|
* Use these for any operators that (a) are on data types for which we collect
|
|
* standard statistics, and (b) have behavior for which the default estimate
|
|
* (twice DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) is sane. Typically that is good for match-like
|
|
* operators.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
matchingsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Oid operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
List *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
|
|
int varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
|
|
Oid collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
|
|
double selec;
|
|
|
|
/* Use generic restriction selectivity logic. */
|
|
selec = generic_restriction_selectivity(root, operator, collation,
|
|
args, varRelid,
|
|
DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
matchingjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Just punt, for the moment. */
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helper routine for estimate_num_groups: add an item to a list of
|
|
* GroupVarInfos, but only if it's not known equal to any of the existing
|
|
* entries.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
Node *var; /* might be an expression, not just a Var */
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel; /* relation it belongs to */
|
|
double ndistinct; /* # distinct values */
|
|
} GroupVarInfo;
|
|
|
|
static List *
|
|
add_unique_group_var(PlannerInfo *root, List *varinfos,
|
|
Node *var, VariableStatData *vardata)
|
|
{
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo;
|
|
double ndistinct;
|
|
bool isdefault;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, varinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
|
|
/* Drop exact duplicates */
|
|
if (equal(var, varinfo->var))
|
|
return varinfos;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Drop known-equal vars, but only if they belong to different
|
|
* relations (see comments for estimate_num_groups)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->rel != varinfo->rel &&
|
|
exprs_known_equal(root, var, varinfo->var))
|
|
{
|
|
if (varinfo->ndistinct <= ndistinct)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Keep older item, forget new one */
|
|
return varinfos;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Delete the older item */
|
|
varinfos = foreach_delete_current(varinfos, lc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) palloc(sizeof(GroupVarInfo));
|
|
|
|
varinfo->var = var;
|
|
varinfo->rel = vardata->rel;
|
|
varinfo->ndistinct = ndistinct;
|
|
varinfos = lappend(varinfos, varinfo);
|
|
return varinfos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* estimate_num_groups - Estimate number of groups in a grouped query
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a query having a GROUP BY clause, estimate how many groups there
|
|
* will be --- ie, the number of distinct combinations of the GROUP BY
|
|
* expressions.
|
|
*
|
|
* This routine is also used to estimate the number of rows emitted by
|
|
* a DISTINCT filtering step; that is an isomorphic problem. (Note:
|
|
* actually, we only use it for DISTINCT when there's no grouping or
|
|
* aggregation ahead of the DISTINCT.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Inputs:
|
|
* root - the query
|
|
* groupExprs - list of expressions being grouped by
|
|
* input_rows - number of rows estimated to arrive at the group/unique
|
|
* filter step
|
|
* pgset - NULL, or a List** pointing to a grouping set to filter the
|
|
* groupExprs against
|
|
*
|
|
* Given the lack of any cross-correlation statistics in the system, it's
|
|
* impossible to do anything really trustworthy with GROUP BY conditions
|
|
* involving multiple Vars. We should however avoid assuming the worst
|
|
* case (all possible cross-product terms actually appear as groups) since
|
|
* very often the grouped-by Vars are highly correlated. Our current approach
|
|
* is as follows:
|
|
* 1. Expressions yielding boolean are assumed to contribute two groups,
|
|
* independently of their content, and are ignored in the subsequent
|
|
* steps. This is mainly because tests like "col IS NULL" break the
|
|
* heuristic used in step 2 especially badly.
|
|
* 2. Reduce the given expressions to a list of unique Vars used. For
|
|
* example, GROUP BY a, a + b is treated the same as GROUP BY a, b.
|
|
* It is clearly correct not to count the same Var more than once.
|
|
* It is also reasonable to treat f(x) the same as x: f() cannot
|
|
* increase the number of distinct values (unless it is volatile,
|
|
* which we consider unlikely for grouping), but it probably won't
|
|
* reduce the number of distinct values much either.
|
|
* As a special case, if a GROUP BY expression can be matched to an
|
|
* expressional index for which we have statistics, then we treat the
|
|
* whole expression as though it were just a Var.
|
|
* 3. If the list contains Vars of different relations that are known equal
|
|
* due to equivalence classes, then drop all but one of the Vars from each
|
|
* known-equal set, keeping the one with smallest estimated # of values
|
|
* (since the extra values of the others can't appear in joined rows).
|
|
* Note the reason we only consider Vars of different relations is that
|
|
* if we considered ones of the same rel, we'd be double-counting the
|
|
* restriction selectivity of the equality in the next step.
|
|
* 4. For Vars within a single source rel, we multiply together the numbers
|
|
* of values, clamp to the number of rows in the rel (divided by 10 if
|
|
* more than one Var), and then multiply by a factor based on the
|
|
* selectivity of the restriction clauses for that rel. When there's
|
|
* more than one Var, the initial product is probably too high (it's the
|
|
* worst case) but clamping to a fraction of the rel's rows seems to be a
|
|
* helpful heuristic for not letting the estimate get out of hand. (The
|
|
* factor of 10 is derived from pre-Postgres-7.4 practice.) The factor
|
|
* we multiply by to adjust for the restriction selectivity assumes that
|
|
* the restriction clauses are independent of the grouping, which may not
|
|
* be a valid assumption, but it's hard to do better.
|
|
* 5. If there are Vars from multiple rels, we repeat step 4 for each such
|
|
* rel, and multiply the results together.
|
|
* Note that rels not containing grouped Vars are ignored completely, as are
|
|
* join clauses. Such rels cannot increase the number of groups, and we
|
|
* assume such clauses do not reduce the number either (somewhat bogus,
|
|
* but we don't have the info to do better).
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
estimate_num_groups(PlannerInfo *root, List *groupExprs, double input_rows,
|
|
List **pgset)
|
|
{
|
|
List *varinfos = NIL;
|
|
double srf_multiplier = 1.0;
|
|
double numdistinct;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We don't ever want to return an estimate of zero groups, as that tends
|
|
* to lead to division-by-zero and other unpleasantness. The input_rows
|
|
* estimate is usually already at least 1, but clamp it just in case it
|
|
* isn't.
|
|
*/
|
|
input_rows = clamp_row_est(input_rows);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If no grouping columns, there's exactly one group. (This can't happen
|
|
* for normal cases with GROUP BY or DISTINCT, but it is possible for
|
|
* corner cases with set operations.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (groupExprs == NIL || (pgset && list_length(*pgset) < 1))
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count groups derived from boolean grouping expressions. For other
|
|
* expressions, find the unique Vars used, treating an expression as a Var
|
|
* if we can find stats for it. For each one, record the statistical
|
|
* estimate of number of distinct values (total in its table, without
|
|
* regard for filtering).
|
|
*/
|
|
numdistinct = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
foreach(l, groupExprs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *groupexpr = (Node *) lfirst(l);
|
|
double this_srf_multiplier;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
List *varshere;
|
|
ListCell *l2;
|
|
|
|
/* is expression in this grouping set? */
|
|
if (pgset && !list_member_int(*pgset, i++))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set-returning functions in grouping columns are a bit problematic.
|
|
* The code below will effectively ignore their SRF nature and come up
|
|
* with a numdistinct estimate as though they were scalar functions.
|
|
* We compensate by scaling up the end result by the largest SRF
|
|
* rowcount estimate. (This will be an overestimate if the SRF
|
|
* produces multiple copies of any output value, but it seems best to
|
|
* assume the SRF's outputs are distinct. In any case, it's probably
|
|
* pointless to worry too much about this without much better
|
|
* estimates for SRF output rowcounts than we have today.)
|
|
*/
|
|
this_srf_multiplier = expression_returns_set_rows(root, groupexpr);
|
|
if (srf_multiplier < this_srf_multiplier)
|
|
srf_multiplier = this_srf_multiplier;
|
|
|
|
/* Short-circuit for expressions returning boolean */
|
|
if (exprType(groupexpr) == BOOLOID)
|
|
{
|
|
numdistinct *= 2.0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If examine_variable is able to deduce anything about the GROUP BY
|
|
* expression, treat it as a single variable even if it's really more
|
|
* complicated.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX This has the consequence that if there's a statistics on the
|
|
* expression, we don't split it into individual Vars. This affects
|
|
* our selection of statistics in estimate_multivariate_ndistinct,
|
|
* because it's probably better to use more accurate estimate for
|
|
* each expression and treat them as independent, than to combine
|
|
* estimates for the extracted variables when we don't know how that
|
|
* relates to the expressions.
|
|
*/
|
|
examine_variable(root, groupexpr, 0, &vardata);
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) || vardata.isunique)
|
|
{
|
|
varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos,
|
|
groupexpr, &vardata);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Else pull out the component Vars. Handle PlaceHolderVars by
|
|
* recursing into their arguments (effectively assuming that the
|
|
* PlaceHolderVar doesn't change the number of groups, which boils
|
|
* down to ignoring the possible addition of nulls to the result set).
|
|
*/
|
|
varshere = pull_var_clause(groupexpr,
|
|
PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
|
|
PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
|
|
PVC_RECURSE_PLACEHOLDERS);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we find any variable-free GROUP BY item, then either it is a
|
|
* constant (and we can ignore it) or it contains a volatile function;
|
|
* in the latter case we punt and assume that each input row will
|
|
* yield a distinct group.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (varshere == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (contain_volatile_functions(groupexpr))
|
|
return input_rows;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Else add variables to varinfos list
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(l2, varshere)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *var = (Node *) lfirst(l2);
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, var, 0, &vardata);
|
|
varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos, var, &vardata);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If now no Vars, we must have an all-constant or all-boolean GROUP BY
|
|
* list.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (varinfos == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Apply SRF multiplier as we would do in the long path */
|
|
numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
|
|
/* Round off */
|
|
numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
|
|
/* Guard against out-of-range answers */
|
|
if (numdistinct > input_rows)
|
|
numdistinct = input_rows;
|
|
if (numdistinct < 1.0)
|
|
numdistinct = 1.0;
|
|
return numdistinct;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Group Vars by relation and estimate total numdistinct.
|
|
*
|
|
* For each iteration of the outer loop, we process the frontmost Var in
|
|
* varinfos, plus all other Vars in the same relation. We remove these
|
|
* Vars from the newvarinfos list for the next iteration. This is the
|
|
* easiest way to group Vars of same rel together.
|
|
*/
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo1 = (GroupVarInfo *) linitial(varinfos);
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel = varinfo1->rel;
|
|
double reldistinct = 1;
|
|
double relmaxndistinct = reldistinct;
|
|
int relvarcount = 0;
|
|
List *newvarinfos = NIL;
|
|
List *relvarinfos = NIL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Split the list of varinfos in two - one for the current rel, one
|
|
* for remaining Vars on other rels.
|
|
*/
|
|
relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo1);
|
|
for_each_from(l, varinfos, 1)
|
|
{
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
|
|
|
|
if (varinfo2->rel == varinfo1->rel)
|
|
{
|
|
/* varinfos on current rel */
|
|
relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo2);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* not time to process varinfo2 yet */
|
|
newvarinfos = lappend(newvarinfos, varinfo2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the numdistinct estimate for the Vars of this rel. We
|
|
* iteratively search for multivariate n-distinct with maximum number
|
|
* of vars; assuming that each var group is independent of the others,
|
|
* we multiply them together. Any remaining relvarinfos after no more
|
|
* multivariate matches are found are assumed independent too, so
|
|
* their individual ndistinct estimates are multiplied also.
|
|
*
|
|
* While iterating, count how many separate numdistinct values we
|
|
* apply. We apply a fudge factor below, but only if we multiplied
|
|
* more than one such values.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (relvarinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
double mvndistinct;
|
|
|
|
if (estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(root, rel, &relvarinfos,
|
|
&mvndistinct))
|
|
{
|
|
reldistinct *= mvndistinct;
|
|
if (relmaxndistinct < mvndistinct)
|
|
relmaxndistinct = mvndistinct;
|
|
relvarcount++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
foreach(l, relvarinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
|
|
|
|
reldistinct *= varinfo2->ndistinct;
|
|
if (relmaxndistinct < varinfo2->ndistinct)
|
|
relmaxndistinct = varinfo2->ndistinct;
|
|
relvarcount++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* we're done with this relation */
|
|
relvarinfos = NIL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sanity check --- don't divide by zero if empty relation.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel));
|
|
if (rel->tuples > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clamp to size of rel, or size of rel / 10 if multiple Vars. The
|
|
* fudge factor is because the Vars are probably correlated but we
|
|
* don't know by how much. We should never clamp to less than the
|
|
* largest ndistinct value for any of the Vars, though, since
|
|
* there will surely be at least that many groups.
|
|
*/
|
|
double clamp = rel->tuples;
|
|
|
|
if (relvarcount > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
clamp *= 0.1;
|
|
if (clamp < relmaxndistinct)
|
|
{
|
|
clamp = relmaxndistinct;
|
|
/* for sanity in case some ndistinct is too large: */
|
|
if (clamp > rel->tuples)
|
|
clamp = rel->tuples;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (reldistinct > clamp)
|
|
reldistinct = clamp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the estimate based on the restriction selectivity,
|
|
* guarding against division by zero when reldistinct is zero.
|
|
* Also skip this if we know that we are returning all rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (reldistinct > 0 && rel->rows < rel->tuples)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Given a table containing N rows with n distinct values in a
|
|
* uniform distribution, if we select p rows at random then
|
|
* the expected number of distinct values selected is
|
|
*
|
|
* n * (1 - product((N-N/n-i)/(N-i), i=0..p-1))
|
|
*
|
|
* = n * (1 - (N-N/n)! / (N-N/n-p)! * (N-p)! / N!)
|
|
*
|
|
* See "Approximating block accesses in database
|
|
* organizations", S. B. Yao, Communications of the ACM,
|
|
* Volume 20 Issue 4, April 1977 Pages 260-261.
|
|
*
|
|
* Alternatively, re-arranging the terms from the factorials,
|
|
* this may be written as
|
|
*
|
|
* n * (1 - product((N-p-i)/(N-i), i=0..N/n-1))
|
|
*
|
|
* This form of the formula is more efficient to compute in
|
|
* the common case where p is larger than N/n. Additionally,
|
|
* as pointed out by Dell'Era, if i << N for all terms in the
|
|
* product, it can be approximated by
|
|
*
|
|
* n * (1 - ((N-p)/N)^(N/n))
|
|
*
|
|
* See "Expected distinct values when selecting from a bag
|
|
* without replacement", Alberto Dell'Era,
|
|
* http://www.adellera.it/investigations/distinct_balls/.
|
|
*
|
|
* The condition i << N is equivalent to n >> 1, so this is a
|
|
* good approximation when the number of distinct values in
|
|
* the table is large. It turns out that this formula also
|
|
* works well even when n is small.
|
|
*/
|
|
reldistinct *=
|
|
(1 - pow((rel->tuples - rel->rows) / rel->tuples,
|
|
rel->tuples / reldistinct));
|
|
}
|
|
reldistinct = clamp_row_est(reldistinct);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update estimate of total distinct groups.
|
|
*/
|
|
numdistinct *= reldistinct;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
varinfos = newvarinfos;
|
|
} while (varinfos != NIL);
|
|
|
|
/* Now we can account for the effects of any SRFs */
|
|
numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
|
|
|
|
/* Round off */
|
|
numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
|
|
|
|
/* Guard against out-of-range answers */
|
|
if (numdistinct > input_rows)
|
|
numdistinct = input_rows;
|
|
if (numdistinct < 1.0)
|
|
numdistinct = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
return numdistinct;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate hash bucket statistics when the specified expression is used
|
|
* as a hash key for the given number of buckets.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attempts to determine two values:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. The frequency of the most common value of the expression (returns
|
|
* zero into *mcv_freq if we can't get that).
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. The "bucketsize fraction", ie, average number of entries in a bucket
|
|
* divided by total tuples in relation.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX This is really pretty bogus since we're effectively assuming that the
|
|
* distribution of hash keys will be the same after applying restriction
|
|
* clauses as it was in the underlying relation. However, we are not nearly
|
|
* smart enough to figure out how the restrict clauses might change the
|
|
* distribution, so this will have to do for now.
|
|
*
|
|
* We are passed the number of buckets the executor will use for the given
|
|
* input relation. If the data were perfectly distributed, with the same
|
|
* number of tuples going into each available bucket, then the bucketsize
|
|
* fraction would be 1/nbuckets. But this happy state of affairs will occur
|
|
* only if (a) there are at least nbuckets distinct data values, and (b)
|
|
* we have a not-too-skewed data distribution. Otherwise the buckets will
|
|
* be nonuniformly occupied. If the other relation in the join has a key
|
|
* distribution similar to this one's, then the most-loaded buckets are
|
|
* exactly those that will be probed most often. Therefore, the "average"
|
|
* bucket size for costing purposes should really be taken as something close
|
|
* to the "worst case" bucket size. We try to estimate this by adjusting the
|
|
* fraction if there are too few distinct data values, and then scaling up
|
|
* by the ratio of the most common value's frequency to the average frequency.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no statistics are available, use a default estimate of 0.1. This will
|
|
* discourage use of a hash rather strongly if the inner relation is large,
|
|
* which is what we want. We do not want to hash unless we know that the
|
|
* inner rel is well-dispersed (or the alternatives seem much worse).
|
|
*
|
|
* The caller should also check that the mcv_freq is not so large that the
|
|
* most common value would by itself require an impractically large bucket.
|
|
* In a hash join, the executor can split buckets if they get too big, but
|
|
* obviously that doesn't help for a bucket that contains many duplicates of
|
|
* the same value.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
estimate_hash_bucket_stats(PlannerInfo *root, Node *hashkey, double nbuckets,
|
|
Selectivity *mcv_freq,
|
|
Selectivity *bucketsize_frac)
|
|
{
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
double estfract,
|
|
ndistinct,
|
|
stanullfrac,
|
|
avgfreq;
|
|
bool isdefault;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, hashkey, 0, &vardata);
|
|
|
|
/* Look up the frequency of the most common value, if available */
|
|
*mcv_freq = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The first MCV stat is for the most common value.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
|
|
*mcv_freq = sslot.numbers[0];
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get number of distinct values */
|
|
ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata, &isdefault);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If ndistinct isn't real, punt. We normally return 0.1, but if the
|
|
* mcv_freq is known to be even higher than that, use it instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (isdefault)
|
|
{
|
|
*bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) Max(0.1, *mcv_freq);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get fraction that are null */
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
|
|
stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
stanullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/* Compute avg freq of all distinct data values in raw relation */
|
|
avgfreq = (1.0 - stanullfrac) / ndistinct;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust ndistinct to account for restriction clauses. Observe we are
|
|
* assuming that the data distribution is affected uniformly by the
|
|
* restriction clauses!
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX Possibly better way, but much more expensive: multiply by
|
|
* selectivity of rel's restriction clauses that mention the target Var.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata.rel && vardata.rel->tuples > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ndistinct *= vardata.rel->rows / vardata.rel->tuples;
|
|
ndistinct = clamp_row_est(ndistinct);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initial estimate of bucketsize fraction is 1/nbuckets as long as the
|
|
* number of buckets is less than the expected number of distinct values;
|
|
* otherwise it is 1/ndistinct.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ndistinct > nbuckets)
|
|
estfract = 1.0 / nbuckets;
|
|
else
|
|
estfract = 1.0 / ndistinct;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust estimated bucketsize upward to account for skewed distribution.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (avgfreq > 0.0 && *mcv_freq > avgfreq)
|
|
estfract *= *mcv_freq / avgfreq;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clamp bucketsize to sane range (the above adjustment could easily
|
|
* produce an out-of-range result). We set the lower bound a little above
|
|
* zero, since zero isn't a very sane result.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estfract < 1.0e-6)
|
|
estfract = 1.0e-6;
|
|
else if (estfract > 1.0)
|
|
estfract = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
*bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) estfract;
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* estimate_hashagg_tablesize
|
|
* estimate the number of bytes that a hash aggregate hashtable will
|
|
* require based on the agg_costs, path width and number of groups.
|
|
*
|
|
* We return the result as "double" to forestall any possible overflow
|
|
* problem in the multiplication by dNumGroups.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX this may be over-estimating the size now that hashagg knows to omit
|
|
* unneeded columns from the hashtable. Also for mixed-mode grouping sets,
|
|
* grouping columns not in the hashed set are counted here even though hashagg
|
|
* won't store them. Is this a problem?
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
estimate_hashagg_tablesize(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path,
|
|
const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
|
|
{
|
|
Size hashentrysize;
|
|
|
|
hashentrysize = hash_agg_entry_size(list_length(root->aggtransinfos),
|
|
path->pathtarget->width,
|
|
agg_costs->transitionSpace);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note that this disregards the effect of fill-factor and growth policy
|
|
* of the hash table. That's probably ok, given that the default
|
|
* fill-factor is relatively high. It'd be hard to meaningfully factor in
|
|
* "double-in-size" growth policies here.
|
|
*/
|
|
return hashentrysize * dNumGroups;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Support routines
|
|
*
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find applicable ndistinct statistics for the given list of VarInfos (which
|
|
* must all belong to the given rel), and update *ndistinct to the estimate of
|
|
* the MVNDistinctItem that best matches. If a match it found, *varinfos is
|
|
* updated to remove the list of matched varinfos.
|
|
*
|
|
* Varinfos that aren't for simple Vars are ignored.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return true if we're able to find a match, false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
|
|
List **varinfos, double *ndistinct)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
int nmatches_vars;
|
|
int nmatches_exprs;
|
|
Oid statOid = InvalidOid;
|
|
MVNDistinct *stats;
|
|
StatisticExtInfo *matched_info = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* bail out immediately if the table has no extended statistics */
|
|
if (!rel->statlist)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* look for the ndistinct statistics matching the most vars */
|
|
nmatches_vars = 0; /* we require at least two matches */
|
|
nmatches_exprs = 0;
|
|
foreach(lc, rel->statlist)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *lc2;
|
|
StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
int nshared_vars = 0;
|
|
int nshared_exprs = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* skip statistics of other kinds */
|
|
if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_NDISTINCT)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine how many expressions (and variables in non-matched
|
|
* expressions) match. We'll then use these numbers to pick the
|
|
* statistics object that best matches the clauses.
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *lc3;
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
|
|
AttrNumber attnum;
|
|
|
|
Assert(varinfo->rel == rel);
|
|
|
|
/* simple Var, search in statistics keys directly */
|
|
if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
|
|
{
|
|
attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore system attributes - we don't support statistics on
|
|
* them, so can't match them (and it'd fail as the values are
|
|
* negative).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (bms_is_member(attnum, info->keys))
|
|
nshared_vars++;
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* expression - see if it's in the statistics */
|
|
foreach(lc3, info->exprs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
|
|
|
|
if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
|
|
{
|
|
nshared_exprs++;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (nshared_vars + nshared_exprs < 2)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Does this statistics object match more columns than the currently
|
|
* best object? If so, use this one instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX This should break ties using name of the object, or something
|
|
* like that, to make the outcome stable.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((nshared_exprs > nmatches_exprs) ||
|
|
(((nshared_exprs == nmatches_exprs)) && (nshared_vars > nmatches_vars)))
|
|
{
|
|
statOid = info->statOid;
|
|
nmatches_vars = nshared_vars;
|
|
nmatches_exprs = nshared_exprs;
|
|
matched_info = info;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* No match? */
|
|
if (statOid == InvalidOid)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
Assert(nmatches_vars + nmatches_exprs > 1);
|
|
|
|
stats = statext_ndistinct_load(statOid);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have a match, search it for the specific item that matches (there
|
|
* must be one), and construct the output values.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stats)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
List *newlist = NIL;
|
|
MVNDistinctItem *item = NULL;
|
|
ListCell *lc2;
|
|
Bitmapset *matched = NULL;
|
|
AttrNumber attnum_offset;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* How much we need to offset the attnums? If there are no
|
|
* expressions, no offset is needed. Otherwise offset enough to move
|
|
* the lowest one (which is equal to number of expressions) to 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (matched_info->exprs)
|
|
attnum_offset = (list_length(matched_info->exprs) + 1);
|
|
else
|
|
attnum_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* see what actually matched */
|
|
foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *lc3;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Process a simple Var expression, by matching it to keys
|
|
* directly. If there's a matchine expression, we'll try
|
|
* matching it later.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
|
|
{
|
|
AttrNumber attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore expressions on system attributes. Can't rely on
|
|
* the bms check for negative values.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Is the variable covered by the statistics? */
|
|
if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched_info->keys))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
|
|
|
|
/* ensure sufficient offset */
|
|
Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
|
|
|
|
matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
|
|
|
|
found = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX Maybe we should allow searching the expressions even if we
|
|
* found an attribute matching the expression? That would handle
|
|
* trivial expressions like "(a)" but it seems fairly useless.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (found)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* expression - see if it's in the statistics */
|
|
idx = 0;
|
|
foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
|
|
|
|
if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
|
|
{
|
|
AttrNumber attnum = -(idx + 1);
|
|
|
|
attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
|
|
|
|
/* ensure sufficient offset */
|
|
Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
|
|
|
|
matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
|
|
|
|
/* there should be just one matching expression */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
idx++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find the specific item that exactly matches the combination */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < stats->nitems; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
MVNDistinctItem *tmpitem = &stats->items[i];
|
|
|
|
if (tmpitem->nattributes != bms_num_members(matched))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* assume it's the right item */
|
|
item = tmpitem;
|
|
|
|
/* check that all item attributes/expressions fit the match */
|
|
for (j = 0; j < tmpitem->nattributes; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
AttrNumber attnum = tmpitem->attributes[j];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Thanks to how we constructed the matched bitmap above, we
|
|
* can just offset all attnums the same way.
|
|
*/
|
|
attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
|
|
|
|
if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
|
|
{
|
|
/* nah, it's not this item */
|
|
item = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the item has all the matched attributes, we know it's the
|
|
* right one - there can't be a better one. matching more.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (item)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure we found an item. There has to be one, because ndistinct
|
|
* statistics includes all combinations of attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!item)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "corrupt MVNDistinct entry");
|
|
|
|
/* Form the output varinfo list, keeping only unmatched ones */
|
|
foreach(lc, *varinfos)
|
|
{
|
|
GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
ListCell *lc3;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let's look at plain variables first, because it's the most
|
|
* common case and the check is quite cheap. We can simply get the
|
|
* attnum and check (with an offset) matched bitmap.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
|
|
{
|
|
AttrNumber attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's a system attribute, we're done. We don't support
|
|
* extended statistics on system attributes, so it's clearly
|
|
* not matched. Just keep the expression and continue.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
|
|
{
|
|
newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* apply the same offset as above */
|
|
attnum += attnum_offset;
|
|
|
|
/* if it's not matched, keep the varinfo */
|
|
if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
|
|
newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of the loop deals with complex expressions. */
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Process complex expressions, not just simple Vars.
|
|
*
|
|
* First, we search for an exact match of an expression. If we
|
|
* find one, we can just discard the whole GroupExprInfo, with all
|
|
* the variables we extracted from it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Otherwise we inspect the individual vars, and try matching it
|
|
* to variables in the item.
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
|
|
|
|
if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
|
|
{
|
|
found = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* found exact match, skip */
|
|
if (found)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*varinfos = newlist;
|
|
*ndistinct = item->ndistinct;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* convert_to_scalar
|
|
* Convert non-NULL values of the indicated types to the comparison
|
|
* scale needed by scalarineqsel().
|
|
* Returns "true" if successful.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX this routine is a hack: ideally we should look up the conversion
|
|
* subroutines in pg_type.
|
|
*
|
|
* All numeric datatypes are simply converted to their equivalent
|
|
* "double" values. (NUMERIC values that are outside the range of "double"
|
|
* are clamped to +/- HUGE_VAL.)
|
|
*
|
|
* String datatypes are converted by convert_string_to_scalar(),
|
|
* which is explained below. The reason why this routine deals with
|
|
* three values at a time, not just one, is that we need it for strings.
|
|
*
|
|
* The bytea datatype is just enough different from strings that it has
|
|
* to be treated separately.
|
|
*
|
|
* The several datatypes representing absolute times are all converted
|
|
* to Timestamp, which is actually an int64, and then we promote that to
|
|
* a double. Note this will give correct results even for the "special"
|
|
* values of Timestamp, since those are chosen to compare correctly;
|
|
* see timestamp_cmp.
|
|
*
|
|
* The several datatypes representing relative times (intervals) are all
|
|
* converted to measurements expressed in seconds.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid, double *scaledvalue,
|
|
Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
|
|
double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound)
|
|
{
|
|
bool failure = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Both the valuetypid and the boundstypid should exactly match the
|
|
* declared input type(s) of the operator we are invoked for. However,
|
|
* extensions might try to use scalarineqsel as estimator for operators
|
|
* with input type(s) we don't handle here; in such cases, we want to
|
|
* return false, not fail. In any case, we mustn't assume that valuetypid
|
|
* and boundstypid are identical.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX The histogram we are interpolating between points of could belong
|
|
* to a column that's only binary-compatible with the declared type. In
|
|
* essence we are assuming that the semantics of binary-compatible types
|
|
* are enough alike that we can use a histogram generated with one type's
|
|
* operators to estimate selectivity for the other's. This is outright
|
|
* wrong in some cases --- in particular signed versus unsigned
|
|
* interpretation could trip us up. But it's useful enough in the
|
|
* majority of cases that we do it anyway. Should think about more
|
|
* rigorous ways to do it.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (valuetypid)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Built-in numeric types
|
|
*/
|
|
case BOOLOID:
|
|
case INT2OID:
|
|
case INT4OID:
|
|
case INT8OID:
|
|
case FLOAT4OID:
|
|
case FLOAT8OID:
|
|
case NUMERICOID:
|
|
case OIDOID:
|
|
case REGPROCOID:
|
|
case REGPROCEDUREOID:
|
|
case REGOPEROID:
|
|
case REGOPERATOROID:
|
|
case REGCLASSOID:
|
|
case REGTYPEOID:
|
|
case REGCONFIGOID:
|
|
case REGDICTIONARYOID:
|
|
case REGROLEOID:
|
|
case REGNAMESPACEOID:
|
|
*scaledvalue = convert_numeric_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledlobound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledhibound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
return !failure;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Built-in string types
|
|
*/
|
|
case CHAROID:
|
|
case BPCHAROID:
|
|
case VARCHAROID:
|
|
case TEXTOID:
|
|
case NAMEOID:
|
|
{
|
|
char *valstr = convert_string_datum(value, valuetypid,
|
|
collid, &failure);
|
|
char *lostr = convert_string_datum(lobound, boundstypid,
|
|
collid, &failure);
|
|
char *histr = convert_string_datum(hibound, boundstypid,
|
|
collid, &failure);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Bail out if any of the values is not of string type. We
|
|
* might leak converted strings for the other value(s), but
|
|
* that's not worth troubling over.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (failure)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
convert_string_to_scalar(valstr, scaledvalue,
|
|
lostr, scaledlobound,
|
|
histr, scaledhibound);
|
|
pfree(valstr);
|
|
pfree(lostr);
|
|
pfree(histr);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Built-in bytea type
|
|
*/
|
|
case BYTEAOID:
|
|
{
|
|
/* We only support bytea vs bytea comparison */
|
|
if (boundstypid != BYTEAOID)
|
|
return false;
|
|
convert_bytea_to_scalar(value, scaledvalue,
|
|
lobound, scaledlobound,
|
|
hibound, scaledhibound);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Built-in time types
|
|
*/
|
|
case TIMESTAMPOID:
|
|
case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
|
|
case DATEOID:
|
|
case INTERVALOID:
|
|
case TIMEOID:
|
|
case TIMETZOID:
|
|
*scaledvalue = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledlobound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledhibound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
return !failure;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Built-in network types
|
|
*/
|
|
case INETOID:
|
|
case CIDROID:
|
|
case MACADDROID:
|
|
case MACADDR8OID:
|
|
*scaledvalue = convert_network_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledlobound = convert_network_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
*scaledhibound = convert_network_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
|
|
&failure);
|
|
return !failure;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Don't know how to convert */
|
|
*scaledvalue = *scaledlobound = *scaledhibound = 0;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any numeric data type.
|
|
*
|
|
* On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
|
|
* otherwise, that variable is not changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (typid)
|
|
{
|
|
case BOOLOID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetBool(value);
|
|
case INT2OID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetInt16(value);
|
|
case INT4OID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetInt32(value);
|
|
case INT8OID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetInt64(value);
|
|
case FLOAT4OID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetFloat4(value);
|
|
case FLOAT8OID:
|
|
return (double) DatumGetFloat8(value);
|
|
case NUMERICOID:
|
|
/* Note: out-of-range values will be clamped to +-HUGE_VAL */
|
|
return (double)
|
|
DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_float8_no_overflow,
|
|
value));
|
|
case OIDOID:
|
|
case REGPROCOID:
|
|
case REGPROCEDUREOID:
|
|
case REGOPEROID:
|
|
case REGOPERATOROID:
|
|
case REGCLASSOID:
|
|
case REGTYPEOID:
|
|
case REGCONFIGOID:
|
|
case REGDICTIONARYOID:
|
|
case REGROLEOID:
|
|
case REGNAMESPACEOID:
|
|
/* we can treat OIDs as integers... */
|
|
return (double) DatumGetObjectId(value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*failure = true;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any character-string data type.
|
|
*
|
|
* String datatypes are converted to a scale that ranges from 0 to 1,
|
|
* where we visualize the bytes of the string as fractional digits.
|
|
*
|
|
* We do not want the base to be 256, however, since that tends to
|
|
* generate inflated selectivity estimates; few databases will have
|
|
* occurrences of all 256 possible byte values at each position.
|
|
* Instead, use the smallest and largest byte values seen in the bounds
|
|
* as the estimated range for each byte, after some fudging to deal with
|
|
* the fact that we probably aren't going to see the full range that way.
|
|
*
|
|
* An additional refinement is that we discard any common prefix of the
|
|
* three strings before computing the scaled values. This allows us to
|
|
* "zoom in" when we encounter a narrow data range. An example is a phone
|
|
* number database where all the values begin with the same area code.
|
|
* (Actually, the bounds will be adjacent histogram-bin-boundary values,
|
|
* so this is more likely to happen than you might think.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
|
|
double *scaledvalue,
|
|
char *lobound,
|
|
double *scaledlobound,
|
|
char *hibound,
|
|
double *scaledhibound)
|
|
{
|
|
int rangelo,
|
|
rangehi;
|
|
char *sptr;
|
|
|
|
rangelo = rangehi = (unsigned char) hibound[0];
|
|
for (sptr = lobound; *sptr; sptr++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
|
|
rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
|
|
if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
|
|
rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
|
|
}
|
|
for (sptr = hibound; *sptr; sptr++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
|
|
rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
|
|
if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
|
|
rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
|
|
}
|
|
/* If range includes any upper-case ASCII chars, make it include all */
|
|
if (rangelo <= 'Z' && rangehi >= 'A')
|
|
{
|
|
if (rangelo > 'A')
|
|
rangelo = 'A';
|
|
if (rangehi < 'Z')
|
|
rangehi = 'Z';
|
|
}
|
|
/* Ditto lower-case */
|
|
if (rangelo <= 'z' && rangehi >= 'a')
|
|
{
|
|
if (rangelo > 'a')
|
|
rangelo = 'a';
|
|
if (rangehi < 'z')
|
|
rangehi = 'z';
|
|
}
|
|
/* Ditto digits */
|
|
if (rangelo <= '9' && rangehi >= '0')
|
|
{
|
|
if (rangelo > '0')
|
|
rangelo = '0';
|
|
if (rangehi < '9')
|
|
rangehi = '9';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If range includes less than 10 chars, assume we have not got enough
|
|
* data, and make it include regular ASCII set.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rangehi - rangelo < 9)
|
|
{
|
|
rangelo = ' ';
|
|
rangehi = 127;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*lobound)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*lobound != *hibound || *lobound != *value)
|
|
break;
|
|
lobound++, hibound++, value++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can do the conversions.
|
|
*/
|
|
*scaledvalue = convert_one_string_to_scalar(value, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
*scaledlobound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(lobound, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
*scaledhibound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(hibound, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static double
|
|
convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value, int rangelo, int rangehi)
|
|
{
|
|
int slen = strlen(value);
|
|
double num,
|
|
denom,
|
|
base;
|
|
|
|
if (slen <= 0)
|
|
return 0.0; /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* There seems little point in considering more than a dozen bytes from
|
|
* the string. Since base is at least 10, that will give us nominal
|
|
* resolution of at least 12 decimal digits, which is surely far more
|
|
* precision than this estimation technique has got anyway (especially in
|
|
* non-C locales). Also, even with the maximum possible base of 256, this
|
|
* ensures denom cannot grow larger than 256^13 = 2.03e31, which will not
|
|
* overflow on any known machine.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (slen > 12)
|
|
slen = 12;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert initial characters to fraction */
|
|
base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
|
|
num = 0.0;
|
|
denom = base;
|
|
while (slen-- > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int ch = (unsigned char) *value++;
|
|
|
|
if (ch < rangelo)
|
|
ch = rangelo - 1;
|
|
else if (ch > rangehi)
|
|
ch = rangehi + 1;
|
|
num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
|
|
denom *= base;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return num;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert a string-type Datum into a palloc'd, null-terminated string.
|
|
*
|
|
* On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
|
|
* otherwise, that variable is not changed. (We'll return NULL on failure.)
|
|
*
|
|
* When using a non-C locale, we must pass the string through strxfrm()
|
|
* before continuing, so as to generate correct locale-specific results.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid, bool *failure)
|
|
{
|
|
char *val;
|
|
|
|
switch (typid)
|
|
{
|
|
case CHAROID:
|
|
val = (char *) palloc(2);
|
|
val[0] = DatumGetChar(value);
|
|
val[1] = '\0';
|
|
break;
|
|
case BPCHAROID:
|
|
case VARCHAROID:
|
|
case TEXTOID:
|
|
val = TextDatumGetCString(value);
|
|
break;
|
|
case NAMEOID:
|
|
{
|
|
NameData *nm = (NameData *) DatumGetPointer(value);
|
|
|
|
val = pstrdup(NameStr(*nm));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
*failure = true;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!lc_collate_is_c(collid))
|
|
{
|
|
char *xfrmstr;
|
|
size_t xfrmlen;
|
|
size_t xfrmlen2 PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX: We could guess at a suitable output buffer size and only call
|
|
* strxfrm twice if our guess is too small.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX: strxfrm doesn't support UTF-8 encoding on Win32, it can return
|
|
* bogus data or set an error. This is not really a problem unless it
|
|
* crashes since it will only give an estimation error and nothing
|
|
* fatal.
|
|
*/
|
|
xfrmlen = strxfrm(NULL, val, 0);
|
|
#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* On Windows, strxfrm returns INT_MAX when an error occurs. Instead
|
|
* of trying to allocate this much memory (and fail), just return the
|
|
* original string unmodified as if we were in the C locale.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (xfrmlen == INT_MAX)
|
|
return val;
|
|
#endif
|
|
xfrmstr = (char *) palloc(xfrmlen + 1);
|
|
xfrmlen2 = strxfrm(xfrmstr, val, xfrmlen + 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Some systems (e.g., glibc) can return a smaller value from the
|
|
* second call than the first; thus the Assert must be <= not ==.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(xfrmlen2 <= xfrmlen);
|
|
pfree(val);
|
|
val = xfrmstr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any bytea data type.
|
|
*
|
|
* Very similar to convert_string_to_scalar except we can't assume
|
|
* null-termination and therefore pass explicit lengths around.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also, assumptions about likely "normal" ranges of characters have been
|
|
* removed - a data range of 0..255 is always used, for now. (Perhaps
|
|
* someday we will add information about actual byte data range to
|
|
* pg_statistic.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
|
|
double *scaledvalue,
|
|
Datum lobound,
|
|
double *scaledlobound,
|
|
Datum hibound,
|
|
double *scaledhibound)
|
|
{
|
|
bytea *valuep = DatumGetByteaPP(value);
|
|
bytea *loboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(lobound);
|
|
bytea *hiboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(hibound);
|
|
int rangelo,
|
|
rangehi,
|
|
valuelen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(valuep),
|
|
loboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(loboundp),
|
|
hiboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(hiboundp),
|
|
i,
|
|
minlen;
|
|
unsigned char *valstr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(valuep);
|
|
unsigned char *lostr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(loboundp);
|
|
unsigned char *histr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(hiboundp);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assume bytea data is uniformly distributed across all byte values.
|
|
*/
|
|
rangelo = 0;
|
|
rangehi = 255;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
minlen = Min(Min(valuelen, loboundlen), hiboundlen);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*lostr != *histr || *lostr != *valstr)
|
|
break;
|
|
lostr++, histr++, valstr++;
|
|
loboundlen--, hiboundlen--, valuelen--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can do the conversions.
|
|
*/
|
|
*scaledvalue = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(valstr, valuelen, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
*scaledlobound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(lostr, loboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
*scaledhibound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(histr, hiboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static double
|
|
convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
|
|
int rangelo, int rangehi)
|
|
{
|
|
double num,
|
|
denom,
|
|
base;
|
|
|
|
if (valuelen <= 0)
|
|
return 0.0; /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since base is 256, need not consider more than about 10 chars (even
|
|
* this many seems like overkill)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (valuelen > 10)
|
|
valuelen = 10;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert initial characters to fraction */
|
|
base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
|
|
num = 0.0;
|
|
denom = base;
|
|
while (valuelen-- > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int ch = *value++;
|
|
|
|
if (ch < rangelo)
|
|
ch = rangelo - 1;
|
|
else if (ch > rangehi)
|
|
ch = rangehi + 1;
|
|
num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
|
|
denom *= base;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return num;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any timevalue data type.
|
|
*
|
|
* On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
|
|
* otherwise, that variable is not changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (typid)
|
|
{
|
|
case TIMESTAMPOID:
|
|
return DatumGetTimestamp(value);
|
|
case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
|
|
return DatumGetTimestampTz(value);
|
|
case DATEOID:
|
|
return date2timestamp_no_overflow(DatumGetDateADT(value));
|
|
case INTERVALOID:
|
|
{
|
|
Interval *interval = DatumGetIntervalP(value);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert the month part of Interval to days using assumed
|
|
* average month length of 365.25/12.0 days. Not too
|
|
* accurate, but plenty good enough for our purposes.
|
|
*/
|
|
return interval->time + interval->day * (double) USECS_PER_DAY +
|
|
interval->month * ((DAYS_PER_YEAR / (double) MONTHS_PER_YEAR) * USECS_PER_DAY);
|
|
}
|
|
case TIMEOID:
|
|
return DatumGetTimeADT(value);
|
|
case TIMETZOID:
|
|
{
|
|
TimeTzADT *timetz = DatumGetTimeTzADTP(value);
|
|
|
|
/* use GMT-equivalent time */
|
|
return (double) (timetz->time + (timetz->zone * 1000000.0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*failure = true;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_restriction_variable
|
|
* Examine the args of a restriction clause to see if it's of the
|
|
* form (variable op pseudoconstant) or (pseudoconstant op variable),
|
|
* where "variable" could be either a Var or an expression in vars of a
|
|
* single relation. If so, extract information about the variable,
|
|
* and also indicate which side it was on and the other argument.
|
|
*
|
|
* Inputs:
|
|
* root: the planner info
|
|
* args: clause argument list
|
|
* varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Outputs: (these are valid only if true is returned)
|
|
* *vardata: gets information about variable (see examine_variable)
|
|
* *other: gets other clause argument, aggressively reduced to a constant
|
|
* *varonleft: set true if variable is on the left, false if on the right
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns true if a variable is identified, otherwise false.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: if there are Vars on both sides of the clause, we must fail, because
|
|
* callers are expecting that the other side will act like a pseudoconstant.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
get_restriction_variable(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, int varRelid,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata, Node **other,
|
|
bool *varonleft)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *left,
|
|
*right;
|
|
VariableStatData rdata;
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if not a binary opclause (probably shouldn't happen) */
|
|
if (list_length(args) != 2)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
left = (Node *) linitial(args);
|
|
right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Examine both sides. Note that when varRelid is nonzero, Vars of other
|
|
* relations will be treated as pseudoconstants.
|
|
*/
|
|
examine_variable(root, left, varRelid, vardata);
|
|
examine_variable(root, right, varRelid, &rdata);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If one side is a variable and the other not, we win.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->rel && rdata.rel == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*varonleft = true;
|
|
*other = estimate_expression_value(root, rdata.var);
|
|
/* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(rdata) here */
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (vardata->rel == NULL && rdata.rel)
|
|
{
|
|
*varonleft = false;
|
|
*other = estimate_expression_value(root, vardata->var);
|
|
/* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata) here */
|
|
*vardata = rdata;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Oops, clause has wrong structure (probably var op var) */
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata);
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(rdata);
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_join_variables
|
|
* Apply examine_variable() to each side of a join clause.
|
|
* Also, attempt to identify whether the join clause has the same
|
|
* or reversed sense compared to the SpecialJoinInfo.
|
|
*
|
|
* We consider the join clause "normal" if it is "lhs_var OP rhs_var",
|
|
* or "reversed" if it is "rhs_var OP lhs_var". In complicated cases
|
|
* where we can't tell for sure, we default to assuming it's normal.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
get_join_variables(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
|
|
bool *join_is_reversed)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *left,
|
|
*right;
|
|
|
|
if (list_length(args) != 2)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "join operator should take two arguments");
|
|
|
|
left = (Node *) linitial(args);
|
|
right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
|
|
|
|
examine_variable(root, left, 0, vardata1);
|
|
examine_variable(root, right, 0, vardata2);
|
|
|
|
if (vardata1->rel &&
|
|
bms_is_subset(vardata1->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand))
|
|
*join_is_reversed = true; /* var1 is on RHS */
|
|
else if (vardata2->rel &&
|
|
bms_is_subset(vardata2->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_lefthand))
|
|
*join_is_reversed = true; /* var2 is on LHS */
|
|
else
|
|
*join_is_reversed = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* statext_expressions_load copies the tuple, so just pfree it. */
|
|
static void
|
|
ReleaseDummy(HeapTuple tuple)
|
|
{
|
|
pfree(tuple);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* examine_variable
|
|
* Try to look up statistical data about an expression.
|
|
* Fill in a VariableStatData struct to describe the expression.
|
|
*
|
|
* Inputs:
|
|
* root: the planner info
|
|
* node: the expression tree to examine
|
|
* varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Outputs: *vardata is filled as follows:
|
|
* var: the input expression (with any binary relabeling stripped, if
|
|
* it is or contains a variable; but otherwise the type is preserved)
|
|
* rel: RelOptInfo for relation containing variable; NULL if expression
|
|
* contains no Vars (NOTE this could point to a RelOptInfo of a
|
|
* subquery, not one in the current query).
|
|
* statsTuple: the pg_statistic entry for the variable, if one exists;
|
|
* otherwise NULL.
|
|
* freefunc: pointer to a function to release statsTuple with.
|
|
* vartype: exposed type of the expression; this should always match
|
|
* the declared input type of the operator we are estimating for.
|
|
* atttype, atttypmod: actual type/typmod of the "var" expression. This is
|
|
* commonly the same as the exposed type of the variable argument,
|
|
* but can be different in binary-compatible-type cases.
|
|
* isunique: true if we were able to match the var to a unique index or a
|
|
* single-column DISTINCT clause, implying its values are unique for
|
|
* this query. (Caution: this should be trusted for statistical
|
|
* purposes only, since we do not check indimmediate nor verify that
|
|
* the exact same definition of equality applies.)
|
|
* acl_ok: true if current user has permission to read the column(s)
|
|
* underlying the pg_statistic entry. This is consulted by
|
|
* statistic_proc_security_check().
|
|
*
|
|
* Caller is responsible for doing ReleaseVariableStats() before exiting.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
examine_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, int varRelid,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *basenode;
|
|
Relids varnos;
|
|
RelOptInfo *onerel;
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we don't return dangling pointers in vardata */
|
|
MemSet(vardata, 0, sizeof(VariableStatData));
|
|
|
|
/* Save the exposed type of the expression */
|
|
vardata->vartype = exprType(node);
|
|
|
|
/* Look inside any binary-compatible relabeling */
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(node, RelabelType))
|
|
basenode = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg;
|
|
else
|
|
basenode = node;
|
|
|
|
/* Fast path for a simple Var */
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(basenode, Var) &&
|
|
(varRelid == 0 || varRelid == ((Var *) basenode)->varno))
|
|
{
|
|
Var *var = (Var *) basenode;
|
|
|
|
/* Set up result fields other than the stats tuple */
|
|
vardata->var = basenode; /* return Var without relabeling */
|
|
vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
|
|
vardata->atttype = var->vartype;
|
|
vardata->atttypmod = var->vartypmod;
|
|
vardata->isunique = has_unique_index(vardata->rel, var->varattno);
|
|
|
|
/* Try to locate some stats */
|
|
examine_simple_variable(root, var, vardata);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Okay, it's a more complicated expression. Determine variable
|
|
* membership. Note that when varRelid isn't zero, only vars of that
|
|
* relation are considered "real" vars.
|
|
*/
|
|
varnos = pull_varnos(root, basenode);
|
|
|
|
onerel = NULL;
|
|
|
|
switch (bms_membership(varnos))
|
|
{
|
|
case BMS_EMPTY_SET:
|
|
/* No Vars at all ... must be pseudo-constant clause */
|
|
break;
|
|
case BMS_SINGLETON:
|
|
if (varRelid == 0 || bms_is_member(varRelid, varnos))
|
|
{
|
|
onerel = find_base_rel(root,
|
|
(varRelid ? varRelid : bms_singleton_member(varnos)));
|
|
vardata->rel = onerel;
|
|
node = basenode; /* strip any relabeling */
|
|
}
|
|
/* else treat it as a constant */
|
|
break;
|
|
case BMS_MULTIPLE:
|
|
if (varRelid == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* treat it as a variable of a join relation */
|
|
vardata->rel = find_join_rel(root, varnos);
|
|
node = basenode; /* strip any relabeling */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (bms_is_member(varRelid, varnos))
|
|
{
|
|
/* ignore the vars belonging to other relations */
|
|
vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, varRelid);
|
|
node = basenode; /* strip any relabeling */
|
|
/* note: no point in expressional-index search here */
|
|
}
|
|
/* else treat it as a constant */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bms_free(varnos);
|
|
|
|
vardata->var = node;
|
|
vardata->atttype = exprType(node);
|
|
vardata->atttypmod = exprTypmod(node);
|
|
|
|
if (onerel)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have an expression in vars of a single relation. Try to match
|
|
* it to expressional index columns, in hopes of finding some
|
|
* statistics.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that we consider all index columns including INCLUDE columns,
|
|
* since there could be stats for such columns. But the test for
|
|
* uniqueness needs to be warier.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX it's conceivable that there are multiple matches with different
|
|
* index opfamilies; if so, we need to pick one that matches the
|
|
* operator we are estimating for. FIXME later.
|
|
*/
|
|
ListCell *ilist;
|
|
ListCell *slist;
|
|
|
|
foreach(ilist, onerel->indexlist)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
|
|
ListCell *indexpr_item;
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
indexpr_item = list_head(index->indexprs);
|
|
if (indexpr_item == NULL)
|
|
continue; /* no expressions here... */
|
|
|
|
for (pos = 0; pos < index->ncolumns; pos++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (index->indexkeys[pos] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *indexkey;
|
|
|
|
if (indexpr_item == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "too few entries in indexprs list");
|
|
indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexpr_item);
|
|
if (indexkey && IsA(indexkey, RelabelType))
|
|
indexkey = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) indexkey)->arg;
|
|
if (equal(node, indexkey))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found a match ... is it a unique index? Tests here
|
|
* should match has_unique_index().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->unique &&
|
|
index->nkeycolumns == 1 &&
|
|
pos == 0 &&
|
|
(index->indpred == NIL || index->predOK))
|
|
vardata->isunique = true;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Has it got stats? We only consider stats for
|
|
* non-partial indexes, since partial indexes probably
|
|
* don't reflect whole-relation statistics; the above
|
|
* check for uniqueness is the only info we take from
|
|
* a partial index.
|
|
*
|
|
* An index stats hook, however, must make its own
|
|
* decisions about what to do with partial indexes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_index_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid,
|
|
pos + 1, vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats
|
|
* tuple. If it did supply a tuple, it'd better
|
|
* have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
!vardata->freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (index->indpred == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
vardata->statsTuple =
|
|
SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(pos + 1),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(false));
|
|
vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get index's table for permission check */
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte;
|
|
Oid userid;
|
|
|
|
rte = planner_rt_fetch(index->rel->relid, root);
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use checkAsUser if it's set, in case we're
|
|
* accessing the table via a view.
|
|
*/
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For simplicity, we insist on the whole
|
|
* table being selectable, rather than trying
|
|
* to identify which column(s) the index
|
|
* depends on. Also require all rows to be
|
|
* selectable --- there must be no
|
|
* securityQuals from security barrier views
|
|
* or RLS policies.
|
|
*/
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
(pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the user doesn't have permissions to
|
|
* access an inheritance child relation, check
|
|
* the permissions of the table actually
|
|
* mentioned in the query, since most likely
|
|
* the user does have that permission. Note
|
|
* that whole-table select privilege on the
|
|
* parent doesn't quite guarantee that the
|
|
* user could read all columns of the child.
|
|
* But in practice it's unlikely that any
|
|
* interesting security violation could result
|
|
* from allowing access to the expression
|
|
* index's stats, so we allow it anyway. See
|
|
* similar code in examine_simple_variable()
|
|
* for additional comments.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!vardata->acl_ok &&
|
|
root->append_rel_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
|
|
Index varno = index->rel->relid;
|
|
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
while (appinfo &&
|
|
planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
|
|
root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
|
|
{
|
|
varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
}
|
|
if (varno != index->rel->relid)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Repeat access check on this rel */
|
|
rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
(pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid,
|
|
userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* suppress leakproofness checks later */
|
|
vardata->acl_ok = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (vardata->statsTuple)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
indexpr_item = lnext(index->indexprs, indexpr_item);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (vardata->statsTuple)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Search extended statistics for one with a matching expression.
|
|
* There might be multiple ones, so just grab the first one. In the
|
|
* future, we might consider the statistics target (and pick the most
|
|
* accurate statistics) and maybe some other parameters.
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(slist, onerel->statlist)
|
|
{
|
|
StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(slist);
|
|
ListCell *expr_item;
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Stop once we've found statistics for the expression (either
|
|
* from extended stats, or for an index in the preceding loop).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->statsTuple)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* skip stats without per-expression stats */
|
|
if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_EXPRESSIONS)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
pos = 0;
|
|
foreach(expr_item, info->exprs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *expr = (Node *) lfirst(expr_item);
|
|
|
|
Assert(expr);
|
|
|
|
/* strip RelabelType before comparing it */
|
|
if (expr && IsA(expr, RelabelType))
|
|
expr = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) expr)->arg;
|
|
|
|
/* found a match, see if we can extract pg_statistic row */
|
|
if (equal(node, expr))
|
|
{
|
|
HeapTuple t = statext_expressions_load(info->statOid, pos);
|
|
|
|
/* Get index's table for permission check */
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte;
|
|
Oid userid;
|
|
|
|
vardata->statsTuple = t;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX Not sure if we should cache the tuple somewhere.
|
|
* Now we just create a new copy every time.
|
|
*/
|
|
vardata->freefunc = ReleaseDummy;
|
|
|
|
rte = planner_rt_fetch(onerel->relid, root);
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use checkAsUser if it's set, in case we're accessing
|
|
* the table via a view.
|
|
*/
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For simplicity, we insist on the whole table being
|
|
* selectable, rather than trying to identify which
|
|
* column(s) the statistics depends on. Also require all
|
|
* rows to be selectable --- there must be no
|
|
* securityQuals from security barrier views or RLS
|
|
* policies.
|
|
*/
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
(pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the user doesn't have permissions to access an
|
|
* inheritance child relation, check the permissions of
|
|
* the table actually mentioned in the query, since most
|
|
* likely the user does have that permission. Note that
|
|
* whole-table select privilege on the parent doesn't
|
|
* quite guarantee that the user could read all columns of
|
|
* the child. But in practice it's unlikely that any
|
|
* interesting security violation could result from
|
|
* allowing access to the expression stats, so we allow it
|
|
* anyway. See similar code in examine_simple_variable()
|
|
* for additional comments.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!vardata->acl_ok &&
|
|
root->append_rel_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
|
|
Index varno = onerel->relid;
|
|
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
while (appinfo &&
|
|
planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
|
|
root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
|
|
{
|
|
varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
}
|
|
if (varno != onerel->relid)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Repeat access check on this rel */
|
|
rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
(pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid,
|
|
userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pos++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* examine_simple_variable
|
|
* Handle a simple Var for examine_variable
|
|
*
|
|
* This is split out as a subroutine so that we can recurse to deal with
|
|
* Vars referencing subqueries.
|
|
*
|
|
* We already filled in all the fields of *vardata except for the stats tuple.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
|
|
VariableStatData *vardata)
|
|
{
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte = root->simple_rte_array[var->varno];
|
|
|
|
Assert(IsA(rte, RangeTblEntry));
|
|
|
|
if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, var->varattno, vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple. If it did supply
|
|
* a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
|
|
!vardata->freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Plain table or parent of an inheritance appendrel, so look up the
|
|
* column in pg_statistic
|
|
*/
|
|
vardata->statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(var->varattno),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
|
|
vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Oid userid;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if user has permission to read this column. We require
|
|
* all rows to be accessible, so there must be no securityQuals
|
|
* from security barrier views or RLS policies. Use checkAsUser
|
|
* if it's set, in case we're accessing the table via a view.
|
|
*/
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
((pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK) ||
|
|
(pg_attribute_aclcheck(rte->relid, var->varattno, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the user doesn't have permissions to access an inheritance
|
|
* child relation or specifically this attribute, check the
|
|
* permissions of the table/column actually mentioned in the
|
|
* query, since most likely the user does have that permission
|
|
* (else the query will fail at runtime), and if the user can read
|
|
* the column there then he can get the values of the child table
|
|
* too. To do that, we must find out which of the root parent's
|
|
* attributes the child relation's attribute corresponds to.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!vardata->acl_ok && var->varattno > 0 &&
|
|
root->append_rel_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
|
|
Index varno = var->varno;
|
|
int varattno = var->varattno;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Partitions are mapped to their immediate parent, not the
|
|
* root parent, so must be ready to walk up multiple
|
|
* AppendRelInfos. But stop if we hit a parent that is not
|
|
* RTE_RELATION --- that's a flattened UNION ALL subquery, not
|
|
* an inheritance parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (appinfo &&
|
|
planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
|
|
root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
|
|
{
|
|
int parent_varattno;
|
|
|
|
found = false;
|
|
if (varattno <= 0 || varattno > appinfo->num_child_cols)
|
|
break; /* safety check */
|
|
parent_varattno = appinfo->parent_colnos[varattno - 1];
|
|
if (parent_varattno == 0)
|
|
break; /* Var is local to child */
|
|
|
|
varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
|
|
varattno = parent_varattno;
|
|
found = true;
|
|
|
|
/* If the parent is itself a child, continue up. */
|
|
appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In rare cases, the Var may be local to the child table, in
|
|
* which case, we've got to live with having no access to this
|
|
* column's stats.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!found)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Repeat the access check on this parent rel & column */
|
|
rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
userid = rte->checkAsUser ? rte->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
|
|
|
|
vardata->acl_ok =
|
|
rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
|
|
((pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK) ||
|
|
(pg_attribute_aclcheck(rte->relid, varattno, userid,
|
|
ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* suppress any possible leakproofness checks later */
|
|
vardata->acl_ok = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY && !rte->inh)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Plain subquery (not one that was converted to an appendrel).
|
|
*/
|
|
Query *subquery = rte->subquery;
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel;
|
|
TargetEntry *ste;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Punt if it's a whole-row var rather than a plain column reference.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->varattno == InvalidAttrNumber)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Punt if subquery uses set operations or GROUP BY, as these will
|
|
* mash underlying columns' stats beyond recognition. (Set ops are
|
|
* particularly nasty; if we forged ahead, we would return stats
|
|
* relevant to only the leftmost subselect...) DISTINCT is also
|
|
* problematic, but we check that later because there is a possibility
|
|
* of learning something even with it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (subquery->setOperations ||
|
|
subquery->groupClause)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* OK, fetch RelOptInfo for subquery. Note that we don't change the
|
|
* rel returned in vardata, since caller expects it to be a rel of the
|
|
* caller's query level. Because we might already be recursing, we
|
|
* can't use that rel pointer either, but have to look up the Var's
|
|
* rel afresh.
|
|
*/
|
|
rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
|
|
|
|
/* If the subquery hasn't been planned yet, we have to punt */
|
|
if (rel->subroot == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
Assert(IsA(rel->subroot, PlannerInfo));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Switch our attention to the subquery as mangled by the planner. It
|
|
* was okay to look at the pre-planning version for the tests above,
|
|
* but now we need a Var that will refer to the subroot's live
|
|
* RelOptInfos. For instance, if any subquery pullup happened during
|
|
* planning, Vars in the targetlist might have gotten replaced, and we
|
|
* need to see the replacement expressions.
|
|
*/
|
|
subquery = rel->subroot->parse;
|
|
Assert(IsA(subquery, Query));
|
|
|
|
/* Get the subquery output expression referenced by the upper Var */
|
|
ste = get_tle_by_resno(subquery->targetList, var->varattno);
|
|
if (ste == NULL || ste->resjunk)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "subquery %s does not have attribute %d",
|
|
rte->eref->aliasname, var->varattno);
|
|
var = (Var *) ste->expr;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If subquery uses DISTINCT, we can't make use of any stats for the
|
|
* variable ... but, if it's the only DISTINCT column, we are entitled
|
|
* to consider it unique. We do the test this way so that it works
|
|
* for cases involving DISTINCT ON.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (subquery->distinctClause)
|
|
{
|
|
if (list_length(subquery->distinctClause) == 1 &&
|
|
targetIsInSortList(ste, InvalidOid, subquery->distinctClause))
|
|
vardata->isunique = true;
|
|
/* cannot go further */
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the sub-query originated from a view with the security_barrier
|
|
* attribute, we must not look at the variable's statistics, though it
|
|
* seems all right to notice the existence of a DISTINCT clause. So
|
|
* stop here.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is probably a harsher restriction than necessary; it's
|
|
* certainly OK for the selectivity estimator (which is a C function,
|
|
* and therefore omnipotent anyway) to look at the statistics. But
|
|
* many selectivity estimators will happily *invoke the operator
|
|
* function* to try to work out a good estimate - and that's not OK.
|
|
* So for now, don't dig down for stats.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rte->security_barrier)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Can only handle a simple Var of subquery's query level */
|
|
if (var && IsA(var, Var) &&
|
|
var->varlevelsup == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* OK, recurse into the subquery. Note that the original setting
|
|
* of vardata->isunique (which will surely be false) is left
|
|
* unchanged in this situation. That's what we want, since even
|
|
* if the underlying column is unique, the subquery may have
|
|
* joined to other tables in a way that creates duplicates.
|
|
*/
|
|
examine_simple_variable(rel->subroot, var, vardata);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, the Var comes from a FUNCTION, VALUES, or CTE RTE. (We
|
|
* won't see RTE_JOIN here because join alias Vars have already been
|
|
* flattened.) There's not much we can do with function outputs, but
|
|
* maybe someday try to be smarter about VALUES and/or CTEs.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check whether it is permitted to call func_oid passing some of the
|
|
* pg_statistic data in vardata. We allow this either if the user has SELECT
|
|
* privileges on the table or column underlying the pg_statistic data or if
|
|
* the function is marked leak-proof.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
statistic_proc_security_check(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid func_oid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vardata->acl_ok)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(func_oid))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (get_func_leakproof(func_oid))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
ereport(DEBUG2,
|
|
(errmsg_internal("not using statistics because function \"%s\" is not leak-proof",
|
|
get_func_name(func_oid))));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_variable_numdistinct
|
|
* Estimate the number of distinct values of a variable.
|
|
*
|
|
* vardata: results of examine_variable
|
|
* *isdefault: set to true if the result is a default rather than based on
|
|
* anything meaningful.
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: be careful to produce a positive integral result, since callers may
|
|
* compare the result to exact integer counts, or might divide by it.
|
|
*/
|
|
double
|
|
get_variable_numdistinct(VariableStatData *vardata, bool *isdefault)
|
|
{
|
|
double stadistinct;
|
|
double stanullfrac = 0.0;
|
|
double ntuples;
|
|
|
|
*isdefault = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the stadistinct value to use. There are cases where we can
|
|
* get an estimate even without a pg_statistic entry, or can get a better
|
|
* value than is in pg_statistic. Grab stanullfrac too if we can find it
|
|
* (otherwise, assume no nulls, for lack of any better idea).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use the pg_statistic entry */
|
|
Form_pg_statistic stats;
|
|
|
|
stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
|
|
stadistinct = stats->stadistinct;
|
|
stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vardata->vartype == BOOLOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special-case boolean columns: presumably, two distinct values.
|
|
*
|
|
* Are there any other datatypes we should wire in special estimates
|
|
* for?
|
|
*/
|
|
stadistinct = 2.0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vardata->rel && vardata->rel->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the Var represents a column of a VALUES RTE, assume it's unique.
|
|
* This could of course be very wrong, but it should tend to be true
|
|
* in well-written queries. We could consider examining the VALUES'
|
|
* contents to get some real statistics; but that only works if the
|
|
* entries are all constants, and it would be pretty expensive anyway.
|
|
*/
|
|
stadistinct = -1.0; /* unique (and all non null) */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We don't keep statistics for system columns, but in some cases we
|
|
* can infer distinctness anyway.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var))
|
|
{
|
|
switch (((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno)
|
|
{
|
|
case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
|
|
stadistinct = -1.0; /* unique (and all non null) */
|
|
break;
|
|
case TableOidAttributeNumber:
|
|
stadistinct = 1.0; /* only 1 value */
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
stadistinct = 0.0; /* means "unknown" */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
stadistinct = 0.0; /* means "unknown" */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX consider using estimate_num_groups on expressions?
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is a unique index or DISTINCT clause for the variable, assume
|
|
* it is unique no matter what pg_statistic says; the statistics could be
|
|
* out of date, or we might have found a partial unique index that proves
|
|
* the var is unique for this query. However, we'd better still believe
|
|
* the null-fraction statistic.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->isunique)
|
|
stadistinct = -1.0 * (1.0 - stanullfrac);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we had an absolute estimate, use that.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stadistinct > 0.0)
|
|
return clamp_row_est(stadistinct);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise we need to get the relation size; punt if not available.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vardata->rel == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*isdefault = true;
|
|
return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
|
|
}
|
|
ntuples = vardata->rel->tuples;
|
|
if (ntuples <= 0.0)
|
|
{
|
|
*isdefault = true;
|
|
return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we had a relative estimate, use that.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stadistinct < 0.0)
|
|
return clamp_row_est(-stadistinct * ntuples);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* With no data, estimate ndistinct = ntuples if the table is small, else
|
|
* use default. We use DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT as the cutoff for "small" so
|
|
* that the behavior isn't discontinuous.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ntuples < DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT)
|
|
return clamp_row_est(ntuples);
|
|
|
|
*isdefault = true;
|
|
return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_variable_range
|
|
* Estimate the minimum and maximum value of the specified variable.
|
|
* If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
|
|
* If no data available, return false.
|
|
*
|
|
* sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use. This should generally
|
|
* be "<" not ">", as only the former is likely to be found in pg_statistic.
|
|
* The collation must be specified too.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
Oid sortop, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum tmin = 0;
|
|
Datum tmax = 0;
|
|
bool have_data = false;
|
|
int16 typLen;
|
|
bool typByVal;
|
|
Oid opfuncoid;
|
|
FmgrInfo opproc;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* XXX It's very tempting to try to use the actual column min and max, if
|
|
* we can get them relatively-cheaply with an index probe. However, since
|
|
* this function is called many times during join planning, that could
|
|
* have unpleasant effects on planning speed. Need more investigation
|
|
* before enabling this.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef NOT_USED
|
|
if (get_actual_variable_range(root, vardata, sortop, collation, min, max))
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
/* no stats available, so default result */
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we can't apply the sortop to the stats data, just fail. In
|
|
* principle, if there's a histogram and no MCVs, we could return the
|
|
* histogram endpoints without ever applying the sortop ... but it's
|
|
* probably not worth trying, because whatever the caller wants to do with
|
|
* the endpoints would likely fail the security check too.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
|
|
(opfuncoid = get_opcode(sortop))))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
opproc.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* mark this as not looked up yet */
|
|
|
|
get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is a histogram with the ordering we want, grab the first and
|
|
* last values.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, sortop,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
|
|
{
|
|
if (sslot.stacoll == collation && sslot.nvalues > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
tmin = datumCopy(sslot.values[0], typByVal, typLen);
|
|
tmax = datumCopy(sslot.values[sslot.nvalues - 1], typByVal, typLen);
|
|
have_data = true;
|
|
}
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, if there is a histogram with some other ordering, scan it
|
|
* and get the min and max values according to the ordering we want. This
|
|
* of course may not find values that are really extremal according to our
|
|
* ordering, but it beats ignoring available data.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!have_data &&
|
|
get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
|
|
{
|
|
get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
|
|
collation, typLen, typByVal,
|
|
&tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have most-common-values info, look for extreme MCVs. This is
|
|
* needed even if we also have a histogram, since the histogram excludes
|
|
* the MCVs.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
|
|
{
|
|
get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
|
|
collation, typLen, typByVal,
|
|
&tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*min = tmin;
|
|
*max = tmax;
|
|
return have_data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_stats_slot_range: scan sslot for min/max values
|
|
*
|
|
* Subroutine for get_variable_range: update min/max/have_data according
|
|
* to what we find in the statistics array.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot, Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
|
|
Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum tmin = *min;
|
|
Datum tmax = *max;
|
|
bool have_data = *p_have_data;
|
|
bool found_tmin = false;
|
|
bool found_tmax = false;
|
|
|
|
/* Look up the comparison function, if we didn't already do so */
|
|
if (opproc->fn_oid != opfuncoid)
|
|
fmgr_info(opfuncoid, opproc);
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all the slot's values */
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < sslot->nvalues; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!have_data)
|
|
{
|
|
tmin = tmax = sslot->values[i];
|
|
found_tmin = found_tmax = true;
|
|
*p_have_data = have_data = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
|
|
collation,
|
|
sslot->values[i], tmin)))
|
|
{
|
|
tmin = sslot->values[i];
|
|
found_tmin = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
|
|
collation,
|
|
tmax, sslot->values[i])))
|
|
{
|
|
tmax = sslot->values[i];
|
|
found_tmax = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the slot's values, if we found new extreme values.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (found_tmin)
|
|
*min = datumCopy(tmin, typByVal, typLen);
|
|
if (found_tmax)
|
|
*max = datumCopy(tmax, typByVal, typLen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_actual_variable_range
|
|
* Attempt to identify the current *actual* minimum and/or maximum
|
|
* of the specified variable, by looking for a suitable btree index
|
|
* and fetching its low and/or high values.
|
|
* If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
|
|
* (Either pointer can be NULL if that endpoint isn't needed.)
|
|
* If no data available, return false.
|
|
*
|
|
* sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use.
|
|
* collation is the required collation.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
|
|
Oid sortop, Oid collation,
|
|
Datum *min, Datum *max)
|
|
{
|
|
bool have_data = false;
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel = vardata->rel;
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/* No hope if no relation or it doesn't have indexes */
|
|
if (rel == NULL || rel->indexlist == NIL)
|
|
return false;
|
|
/* If it has indexes it must be a plain relation */
|
|
rte = root->simple_rte_array[rel->relid];
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
/* Search through the indexes to see if any match our problem */
|
|
foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
ScanDirection indexscandir;
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore non-btree indexes */
|
|
if (index->relam != BTREE_AM_OID)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ignore partial indexes --- we only want stats that cover the entire
|
|
* relation.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->indpred != NIL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The index list might include hypothetical indexes inserted by a
|
|
* get_relation_info hook --- don't try to access them.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->hypothetical)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The first index column must match the desired variable, sortop, and
|
|
* collation --- but we can use a descending-order index.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (collation != index->indexcollations[0])
|
|
continue; /* test first 'cause it's cheapest */
|
|
if (!match_index_to_operand(vardata->var, 0, index))
|
|
continue;
|
|
switch (get_op_opfamily_strategy(sortop, index->sortopfamily[0]))
|
|
{
|
|
case BTLessStrategyNumber:
|
|
if (index->reverse_sort[0])
|
|
indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
|
|
else
|
|
indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
|
|
break;
|
|
case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
|
|
if (index->reverse_sort[0])
|
|
indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
|
|
else
|
|
indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* index doesn't match the sortop */
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found a suitable index to extract data from. Set up some data that
|
|
* can be used by both invocations of get_actual_variable_endpoint.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext tmpcontext;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
Relation heapRel;
|
|
Relation indexRel;
|
|
TupleTableSlot *slot;
|
|
int16 typLen;
|
|
bool typByVal;
|
|
ScanKeyData scankeys[1];
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure any cruft gets recycled when we're done */
|
|
tmpcontext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
|
|
"get_actual_variable_range workspace",
|
|
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(tmpcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open the table and index so we can read from them. We should
|
|
* already have some type of lock on each.
|
|
*/
|
|
heapRel = table_open(rte->relid, NoLock);
|
|
indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
|
|
|
|
/* build some stuff needed for indexscan execution */
|
|
slot = table_slot_create(heapRel, NULL);
|
|
get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
|
|
|
|
/* set up an IS NOT NULL scan key so that we ignore nulls */
|
|
ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&scankeys[0],
|
|
SK_ISNULL | SK_SEARCHNOTNULL,
|
|
1, /* index col to scan */
|
|
InvalidStrategy, /* no strategy */
|
|
InvalidOid, /* no strategy subtype */
|
|
InvalidOid, /* no collation */
|
|
InvalidOid, /* no reg proc for this */
|
|
(Datum) 0); /* constant */
|
|
|
|
/* If min is requested ... */
|
|
if (min)
|
|
{
|
|
have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
|
|
indexRel,
|
|
indexscandir,
|
|
scankeys,
|
|
typLen,
|
|
typByVal,
|
|
slot,
|
|
oldcontext,
|
|
min);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If min not requested, assume index is nonempty */
|
|
have_data = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If max is requested, and we didn't find the index is empty */
|
|
if (max && have_data)
|
|
{
|
|
/* scan in the opposite direction; all else is the same */
|
|
have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
|
|
indexRel,
|
|
-indexscandir,
|
|
scankeys,
|
|
typLen,
|
|
typByVal,
|
|
slot,
|
|
oldcontext,
|
|
max);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clean everything up */
|
|
ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
|
|
|
|
index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
|
|
table_close(heapRel, NoLock);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
MemoryContextDelete(tmpcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* And we're done */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return have_data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get one endpoint datum (min or max depending on indexscandir) from the
|
|
* specified index. Return true if successful, false if index is empty.
|
|
* On success, endpoint value is stored to *endpointDatum (and copied into
|
|
* outercontext).
|
|
*
|
|
* scankeys is a 1-element scankey array set up to reject nulls.
|
|
* typLen/typByVal describe the datatype of the index's first column.
|
|
* tableslot is a slot suitable to hold table tuples, in case we need
|
|
* to probe the heap.
|
|
* (We could compute these values locally, but that would mean computing them
|
|
* twice when get_actual_variable_range needs both the min and the max.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
|
|
Relation indexRel,
|
|
ScanDirection indexscandir,
|
|
ScanKey scankeys,
|
|
int16 typLen,
|
|
bool typByVal,
|
|
TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
|
|
MemoryContext outercontext,
|
|
Datum *endpointDatum)
|
|
{
|
|
bool have_data = false;
|
|
SnapshotData SnapshotNonVacuumable;
|
|
IndexScanDesc index_scan;
|
|
Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer;
|
|
ItemPointer tid;
|
|
Datum values[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
|
|
bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use the index-only-scan machinery for this. With mostly-static
|
|
* tables that's a win because it avoids a heap visit. It's also a win
|
|
* for dynamic data, but the reason is less obvious; read on for details.
|
|
*
|
|
* In principle, we should scan the index with our current active
|
|
* snapshot, which is the best approximation we've got to what the query
|
|
* will see when executed. But that won't be exact if a new snap is taken
|
|
* before running the query, and it can be very expensive if a lot of
|
|
* recently-dead or uncommitted rows exist at the beginning or end of the
|
|
* index (because we'll laboriously fetch each one and reject it).
|
|
* Instead, we use SnapshotNonVacuumable. That will accept recently-dead
|
|
* and uncommitted rows as well as normal visible rows. On the other
|
|
* hand, it will reject known-dead rows, and thus not give a bogus answer
|
|
* when the extreme value has been deleted (unless the deletion was quite
|
|
* recent); that case motivates not using SnapshotAny here.
|
|
*
|
|
* A crucial point here is that SnapshotNonVacuumable, with
|
|
* GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel) as horizon, yields the inverse of the
|
|
* condition that the indexscan will use to decide that index entries are
|
|
* killable (see heap_hot_search_buffer()). Therefore, if the snapshot
|
|
* rejects a tuple (or more precisely, all tuples of a HOT chain) and we
|
|
* have to continue scanning past it, we know that the indexscan will mark
|
|
* that index entry killed. That means that the next
|
|
* get_actual_variable_endpoint() call will not have to re-consider that
|
|
* index entry. In this way we avoid repetitive work when this function
|
|
* is used a lot during planning.
|
|
*
|
|
* But using SnapshotNonVacuumable creates a hazard of its own. In a
|
|
* recently-created index, some index entries may point at "broken" HOT
|
|
* chains in which not all the tuple versions contain data matching the
|
|
* index entry. The live tuple version(s) certainly do match the index,
|
|
* but SnapshotNonVacuumable can accept recently-dead tuple versions that
|
|
* don't match. Hence, if we took data from the selected heap tuple, we
|
|
* might get a bogus answer that's not close to the index extremal value,
|
|
* or could even be NULL. We avoid this hazard because we take the data
|
|
* from the index entry not the heap.
|
|
*/
|
|
InitNonVacuumableSnapshot(SnapshotNonVacuumable,
|
|
GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel));
|
|
|
|
index_scan = index_beginscan(heapRel, indexRel,
|
|
&SnapshotNonVacuumable,
|
|
1, 0);
|
|
/* Set it up for index-only scan */
|
|
index_scan->xs_want_itup = true;
|
|
index_rescan(index_scan, scankeys, 1, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Fetch first/next tuple in specified direction */
|
|
while ((tid = index_getnext_tid(index_scan, indexscandir)) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!VM_ALL_VISIBLE(heapRel,
|
|
ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
|
|
&vmbuffer))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Rats, we have to visit the heap to check visibility */
|
|
if (!index_fetch_heap(index_scan, tableslot))
|
|
continue; /* no visible tuple, try next index entry */
|
|
|
|
/* We don't actually need the heap tuple for anything */
|
|
ExecClearTuple(tableslot);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We don't care whether there's more than one visible tuple in
|
|
* the HOT chain; if any are visible, that's good enough.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We expect that btree will return data in IndexTuple not HeapTuple
|
|
* format. It's not lossy either.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!index_scan->xs_itup)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no data returned for index-only scan");
|
|
if (index_scan->xs_recheck)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected recheck indication from btree");
|
|
|
|
/* OK to deconstruct the index tuple */
|
|
index_deform_tuple(index_scan->xs_itup,
|
|
index_scan->xs_itupdesc,
|
|
values, isnull);
|
|
|
|
/* Shouldn't have got a null, but be careful */
|
|
if (isnull[0])
|
|
elog(ERROR, "found unexpected null value in index \"%s\"",
|
|
RelationGetRelationName(indexRel));
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the index column value out to caller's context */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(outercontext);
|
|
*endpointDatum = datumCopy(values[0], typByVal, typLen);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
have_data = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer)
|
|
ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer);
|
|
index_endscan(index_scan);
|
|
|
|
return have_data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* find_join_input_rel
|
|
* Look up the input relation for a join.
|
|
*
|
|
* We assume that the input relation's RelOptInfo must have been constructed
|
|
* already.
|
|
*/
|
|
static RelOptInfo *
|
|
find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids)
|
|
{
|
|
RelOptInfo *rel = NULL;
|
|
|
|
switch (bms_membership(relids))
|
|
{
|
|
case BMS_EMPTY_SET:
|
|
/* should not happen */
|
|
break;
|
|
case BMS_SINGLETON:
|
|
rel = find_base_rel(root, bms_singleton_member(relids));
|
|
break;
|
|
case BMS_MULTIPLE:
|
|
rel = find_join_rel(root, relids);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rel == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not find RelOptInfo for given relids");
|
|
|
|
return rel;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Index cost estimation functions
|
|
*
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Extract the actual indexquals (as RestrictInfos) from an IndexClause list
|
|
*/
|
|
List *
|
|
get_quals_from_indexclauses(List *indexclauses)
|
|
{
|
|
List *result = NIL;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, indexclauses)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
|
|
ListCell *lc2;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
|
|
{
|
|
RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
|
|
|
|
result = lappend(result, rinfo);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the total evaluation cost of the comparison operands in a list
|
|
* of index qual expressions. Since we know these will be evaluated just
|
|
* once per scan, there's no need to distinguish startup from per-row cost.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used either on the result of get_quals_from_indexclauses(),
|
|
* or directly on an indexorderbys list. In both cases, we expect that the
|
|
* index key expression is on the left side of binary clauses.
|
|
*/
|
|
Cost
|
|
index_other_operands_eval_cost(PlannerInfo *root, List *indexquals)
|
|
{
|
|
Cost qual_arg_cost = 0;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, indexquals)
|
|
{
|
|
Expr *clause = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
Node *other_operand;
|
|
QualCost index_qual_cost;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Index quals will have RestrictInfos, indexorderbys won't. Look
|
|
* through RestrictInfo if present.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(clause, RestrictInfo))
|
|
clause = ((RestrictInfo *) clause)->clause;
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
|
|
|
|
other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(op->args);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
|
|
|
|
other_operand = (Node *) rc->rargs;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
|
|
|
|
other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
|
|
{
|
|
other_operand = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
|
|
(int) nodeTag(clause));
|
|
other_operand = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cost_qual_eval_node(&index_qual_cost, other_operand, root);
|
|
qual_arg_cost += index_qual_cost.startup + index_qual_cost.per_tuple;
|
|
}
|
|
return qual_arg_cost;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
genericcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
IndexPath *path,
|
|
double loop_count,
|
|
GenericCosts *costs)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
List *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
|
|
List *indexOrderBys = path->indexorderbys;
|
|
Cost indexStartupCost;
|
|
Cost indexTotalCost;
|
|
Selectivity indexSelectivity;
|
|
double indexCorrelation;
|
|
double numIndexPages;
|
|
double numIndexTuples;
|
|
double spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
double num_sa_scans;
|
|
double num_outer_scans;
|
|
double num_scans;
|
|
double qual_op_cost;
|
|
double qual_arg_cost;
|
|
List *selectivityQuals;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the explicitly
|
|
* given indexquals to produce a more accurate idea of the index
|
|
* selectivity.
|
|
*/
|
|
selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for ScalarArrayOpExpr index quals, and estimate the number of
|
|
* index scans that will be performed.
|
|
*/
|
|
num_sa_scans = 1;
|
|
foreach(l, indexQuals)
|
|
{
|
|
RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(l);
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(rinfo->clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) rinfo->clause;
|
|
int alength = estimate_array_length(lsecond(saop->args));
|
|
|
|
if (alength > 1)
|
|
num_sa_scans *= alength;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
|
|
indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
|
|
index->rel->relid,
|
|
JOIN_INNER,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If caller didn't give us an estimate, estimate the number of index
|
|
* tuples that will be visited. We do it in this rather peculiar-looking
|
|
* way in order to get the right answer for partial indexes.
|
|
*/
|
|
numIndexTuples = costs->numIndexTuples;
|
|
if (numIndexTuples <= 0.0)
|
|
{
|
|
numIndexTuples = indexSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The above calculation counts all the tuples visited across all
|
|
* scans induced by ScalarArrayOpExpr nodes. We want to consider the
|
|
* average per-indexscan number, so adjust. This is a handy place to
|
|
* round to integer, too. (If caller supplied tuple estimate, it's
|
|
* responsible for handling these considerations.)
|
|
*/
|
|
numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can bound the number of tuples by the index size in any case. Also,
|
|
* always estimate at least one tuple is touched, even when
|
|
* indexSelectivity estimate is tiny.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (numIndexTuples > index->tuples)
|
|
numIndexTuples = index->tuples;
|
|
if (numIndexTuples < 1.0)
|
|
numIndexTuples = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the number of index pages that will be retrieved.
|
|
*
|
|
* We use the simplistic method of taking a pro-rata fraction of the total
|
|
* number of index pages. In effect, this counts only leaf pages and not
|
|
* any overhead such as index metapage or upper tree levels.
|
|
*
|
|
* In practice access to upper index levels is often nearly free because
|
|
* those tend to stay in cache under load; moreover, the cost involved is
|
|
* highly dependent on index type. We therefore ignore such costs here
|
|
* and leave it to the caller to add a suitable charge if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->pages > 1 && index->tuples > 1)
|
|
numIndexPages = ceil(numIndexTuples * index->pages / index->tuples);
|
|
else
|
|
numIndexPages = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
|
|
get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
|
|
&spc_random_page_cost,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now compute the disk access costs.
|
|
*
|
|
* The above calculations are all per-index-scan. However, if we are in a
|
|
* nestloop inner scan, we can expect the scan to be repeated (with
|
|
* different search keys) for each row of the outer relation. Likewise,
|
|
* ScalarArrayOpExpr quals result in multiple index scans. This creates
|
|
* the potential for cache effects to reduce the number of disk page
|
|
* fetches needed. We want to estimate the average per-scan I/O cost in
|
|
* the presence of caching.
|
|
*
|
|
* We use the Mackert-Lohman formula (see costsize.c for details) to
|
|
* estimate the total number of page fetches that occur. While this
|
|
* wasn't what it was designed for, it seems a reasonable model anyway.
|
|
* Note that we are counting pages not tuples anymore, so we take N = T =
|
|
* index size, as if there were one "tuple" per page.
|
|
*/
|
|
num_outer_scans = loop_count;
|
|
num_scans = num_sa_scans * num_outer_scans;
|
|
|
|
if (num_scans > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
double pages_fetched;
|
|
|
|
/* total page fetches ignoring cache effects */
|
|
pages_fetched = numIndexPages * num_scans;
|
|
|
|
/* use Mackert and Lohman formula to adjust for cache effects */
|
|
pages_fetched = index_pages_fetched(pages_fetched,
|
|
index->pages,
|
|
(double) index->pages,
|
|
root);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now compute the total disk access cost, and then report a pro-rated
|
|
* share for each outer scan. (Don't pro-rate for ScalarArrayOpExpr,
|
|
* since that's internal to the indexscan.)
|
|
*/
|
|
indexTotalCost = (pages_fetched * spc_random_page_cost)
|
|
/ num_outer_scans;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a single index scan, we just charge spc_random_page_cost per
|
|
* page touched.
|
|
*/
|
|
indexTotalCost = numIndexPages * spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CPU cost: any complex expressions in the indexquals will need to be
|
|
* evaluated once at the start of the scan to reduce them to runtime keys
|
|
* to pass to the index AM (see nodeIndexscan.c). We model the per-tuple
|
|
* CPU costs as cpu_index_tuple_cost plus one cpu_operator_cost per
|
|
* indexqual operator. Because we have numIndexTuples as a per-scan
|
|
* number, we have to multiply by num_sa_scans to get the correct result
|
|
* for ScalarArrayOpExpr cases. Similarly add in costs for any index
|
|
* ORDER BY expressions.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this neglects the possible costs of rechecking lossy operators.
|
|
* Detecting that that might be needed seems more expensive than it's
|
|
* worth, though, considering all the other inaccuracies here ...
|
|
*/
|
|
qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals) +
|
|
index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexOrderBys);
|
|
qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost *
|
|
(list_length(indexQuals) + list_length(indexOrderBys));
|
|
|
|
indexStartupCost = qual_arg_cost;
|
|
indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
|
|
indexTotalCost += numIndexTuples * num_sa_scans * (cpu_index_tuple_cost + qual_op_cost);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
|
|
*/
|
|
indexCorrelation = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return everything to caller.
|
|
*/
|
|
costs->indexStartupCost = indexStartupCost;
|
|
costs->indexTotalCost = indexTotalCost;
|
|
costs->indexSelectivity = indexSelectivity;
|
|
costs->indexCorrelation = indexCorrelation;
|
|
costs->numIndexPages = numIndexPages;
|
|
costs->numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
|
|
costs->spc_random_page_cost = spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
costs->num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the index is partial, add its predicate to the given qual list.
|
|
*
|
|
* ANDing the index predicate with the explicitly given indexquals produces
|
|
* a more accurate idea of the index's selectivity. However, we need to be
|
|
* careful not to insert redundant clauses, because clauselist_selectivity()
|
|
* is easily fooled into computing a too-low selectivity estimate. Our
|
|
* approach is to add only the predicate clause(s) that cannot be proven to
|
|
* be implied by the given indexquals. This successfully handles cases such
|
|
* as a qual "x = 42" used with a partial index "WHERE x >= 40 AND x < 50".
|
|
* There are many other cases where we won't detect redundancy, leading to a
|
|
* too-low selectivity estimate, which will bias the system in favor of using
|
|
* partial indexes where possible. That is not necessarily bad though.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that indexQuals contains RestrictInfo nodes while the indpred
|
|
* does not, so the output list will be mixed. This is OK for both
|
|
* predicate_implied_by() and clauselist_selectivity(), but might be
|
|
* problematic if the result were passed to other things.
|
|
*/
|
|
List *
|
|
add_predicate_to_index_quals(IndexOptInfo *index, List *indexQuals)
|
|
{
|
|
List *predExtraQuals = NIL;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
if (index->indpred == NIL)
|
|
return indexQuals;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, index->indpred)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *predQual = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
List *oneQual = list_make1(predQual);
|
|
|
|
if (!predicate_implied_by(oneQual, indexQuals, false))
|
|
predExtraQuals = list_concat(predExtraQuals, oneQual);
|
|
}
|
|
return list_concat(predExtraQuals, indexQuals);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
btcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
GenericCosts costs;
|
|
Oid relid;
|
|
AttrNumber colnum;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
double numIndexTuples;
|
|
Cost descentCost;
|
|
List *indexBoundQuals;
|
|
int indexcol;
|
|
bool eqQualHere;
|
|
bool found_saop;
|
|
bool found_is_null_op;
|
|
double num_sa_scans;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a btree scan, only leading '=' quals plus inequality quals for the
|
|
* immediately next attribute contribute to index selectivity (these are
|
|
* the "boundary quals" that determine the starting and stopping points of
|
|
* the index scan). Additional quals can suppress visits to the heap, so
|
|
* it's OK to count them in indexSelectivity, but they should not count
|
|
* for estimating numIndexTuples. So we must examine the given indexquals
|
|
* to find out which ones count as boundary quals. We rely on the
|
|
* knowledge that they are given in index column order.
|
|
*
|
|
* For a RowCompareExpr, we consider only the first column, just as
|
|
* rowcomparesel() does.
|
|
*
|
|
* If there's a ScalarArrayOpExpr in the quals, we'll actually perform N
|
|
* index scans not one, but the ScalarArrayOpExpr's operator can be
|
|
* considered to act the same as it normally does.
|
|
*/
|
|
indexBoundQuals = NIL;
|
|
indexcol = 0;
|
|
eqQualHere = false;
|
|
found_saop = false;
|
|
found_is_null_op = false;
|
|
num_sa_scans = 1;
|
|
foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
|
|
ListCell *lc2;
|
|
|
|
if (indexcol != iclause->indexcol)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Beginning of a new column's quals */
|
|
if (!eqQualHere)
|
|
break; /* done if no '=' qual for indexcol */
|
|
eqQualHere = false;
|
|
indexcol++;
|
|
if (indexcol != iclause->indexcol)
|
|
break; /* no quals at all for indexcol */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Examine each indexqual associated with this index clause */
|
|
foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
|
|
{
|
|
RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
|
|
Expr *clause = rinfo->clause;
|
|
Oid clause_op = InvalidOid;
|
|
int op_strategy;
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
|
|
|
|
clause_op = op->opno;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
|
|
|
|
clause_op = linitial_oid(rc->opnos);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
|
|
Node *other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
|
|
int alength = estimate_array_length(other_operand);
|
|
|
|
clause_op = saop->opno;
|
|
found_saop = true;
|
|
/* count number of SA scans induced by indexBoundQuals only */
|
|
if (alength > 1)
|
|
num_sa_scans *= alength;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
|
|
{
|
|
NullTest *nt = (NullTest *) clause;
|
|
|
|
if (nt->nulltesttype == IS_NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
found_is_null_op = true;
|
|
/* IS NULL is like = for selectivity purposes */
|
|
eqQualHere = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
|
|
(int) nodeTag(clause));
|
|
|
|
/* check for equality operator */
|
|
if (OidIsValid(clause_op))
|
|
{
|
|
op_strategy = get_op_opfamily_strategy(clause_op,
|
|
index->opfamily[indexcol]);
|
|
Assert(op_strategy != 0); /* not a member of opfamily?? */
|
|
if (op_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber)
|
|
eqQualHere = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
indexBoundQuals = lappend(indexBoundQuals, rinfo);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If index is unique and we found an '=' clause for each column, we can
|
|
* just assume numIndexTuples = 1 and skip the expensive
|
|
* clauselist_selectivity calculations. However, a ScalarArrayOp or
|
|
* NullTest invalidates that theory, even though it sets eqQualHere.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->unique &&
|
|
indexcol == index->nkeycolumns - 1 &&
|
|
eqQualHere &&
|
|
!found_saop &&
|
|
!found_is_null_op)
|
|
numIndexTuples = 1.0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
List *selectivityQuals;
|
|
Selectivity btreeSelectivity;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the
|
|
* index-bound quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of
|
|
* rows covered by the bound conditions.
|
|
*/
|
|
selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexBoundQuals);
|
|
|
|
btreeSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
|
|
index->rel->relid,
|
|
JOIN_INNER,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
numIndexTuples = btreeSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* As in genericcostestimate(), we have to adjust for any
|
|
* ScalarArrayOpExpr quals included in indexBoundQuals, and then round
|
|
* to integer.
|
|
*/
|
|
numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now do generic index cost estimation.
|
|
*/
|
|
MemSet(&costs, 0, sizeof(costs));
|
|
costs.numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
|
|
|
|
genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial btree
|
|
* descent. We don't charge any I/O cost for touching upper btree levels,
|
|
* since they tend to stay in cache, but we still have to do about log2(N)
|
|
* comparisons to descend a btree of N leaf tuples. We charge one
|
|
* cpu_operator_cost per comparison.
|
|
*
|
|
* If there are ScalarArrayOpExprs, charge this once per SA scan. The
|
|
* ones after the first one are not startup cost so far as the overall
|
|
* plan is concerned, so add them only to "total" cost.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->tuples > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
|
|
{
|
|
descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples) / log(2.0)) * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Even though we're not charging I/O cost for touching upper btree pages,
|
|
* it's still reasonable to charge some CPU cost per page descended
|
|
* through. Moreover, if we had no such charge at all, bloated indexes
|
|
* would appear to have the same search cost as unbloated ones, at least
|
|
* in cases where only a single leaf page is expected to be visited. This
|
|
* cost is somewhat arbitrarily set at 50x cpu_operator_cost per page
|
|
* touched. The number of such pages is btree tree height plus one (ie,
|
|
* we charge for the leaf page too). As above, charge once per SA scan.
|
|
*/
|
|
descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * 50.0 * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we can get an estimate of the first column's ordering correlation C
|
|
* from pg_statistic, estimate the index correlation as C for a
|
|
* single-column index, or C * 0.75 for multiple columns. (The idea here
|
|
* is that multiple columns dilute the importance of the first column's
|
|
* ordering, but don't negate it entirely. Before 8.0 we divided the
|
|
* correlation by the number of columns, but that seems too strong.)
|
|
*/
|
|
MemSet(&vardata, 0, sizeof(vardata));
|
|
|
|
if (index->indexkeys[0] != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Simple variable --- look to stats for the underlying table */
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(index->rel->relid, root);
|
|
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
relid = rte->relid;
|
|
Assert(relid != InvalidOid);
|
|
colnum = index->indexkeys[0];
|
|
|
|
if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, colnum, &vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple. If it did
|
|
* supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
|
|
!vardata.freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(colnum),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
|
|
vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Expression --- maybe there are stats for the index itself */
|
|
relid = index->indexoid;
|
|
colnum = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (get_index_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_index_stats_hook) (root, relid, colnum, &vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple. If it did
|
|
* supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
|
|
!vardata.freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(colnum),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(false));
|
|
vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
Oid sortop;
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
sortop = get_opfamily_member(index->opfamily[0],
|
|
index->opcintype[0],
|
|
index->opcintype[0],
|
|
BTLessStrategyNumber);
|
|
if (OidIsValid(sortop) &&
|
|
get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, sortop,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
double varCorrelation;
|
|
|
|
Assert(sslot.nnumbers == 1);
|
|
varCorrelation = sslot.numbers[0];
|
|
|
|
if (index->reverse_sort[0])
|
|
varCorrelation = -varCorrelation;
|
|
|
|
if (index->nkeycolumns > 1)
|
|
costs.indexCorrelation = varCorrelation * 0.75;
|
|
else
|
|
costs.indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
|
|
*indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
|
|
*indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
|
|
*indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
|
|
*indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
hashcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
GenericCosts costs;
|
|
|
|
MemSet(&costs, 0, sizeof(costs));
|
|
|
|
genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A hash index has no descent costs as such, since the index AM can go
|
|
* directly to the target bucket after computing the hash value. There
|
|
* are a couple of other hash-specific costs that we could conceivably add
|
|
* here, though:
|
|
*
|
|
* Ideally we'd charge spc_random_page_cost for each page in the target
|
|
* bucket, not just the numIndexPages pages that genericcostestimate
|
|
* thought we'd visit. However in most cases we don't know which bucket
|
|
* that will be. There's no point in considering the average bucket size
|
|
* because the hash AM makes sure that's always one page.
|
|
*
|
|
* Likewise, we could consider charging some CPU for each index tuple in
|
|
* the bucket, if we knew how many there were. But the per-tuple cost is
|
|
* just a hash value comparison, not a general datatype-dependent
|
|
* comparison, so any such charge ought to be quite a bit less than
|
|
* cpu_operator_cost; which makes it probably not worth worrying about.
|
|
*
|
|
* A bigger issue is that chance hash-value collisions will result in
|
|
* wasted probes into the heap. We don't currently attempt to model this
|
|
* cost on the grounds that it's rare, but maybe it's not rare enough.
|
|
* (Any fix for this ought to consider the generic lossy-operator problem,
|
|
* though; it's not entirely hash-specific.)
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
*indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
|
|
*indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
|
|
*indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
|
|
*indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gistcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
GenericCosts costs;
|
|
Cost descentCost;
|
|
|
|
MemSet(&costs, 0, sizeof(costs));
|
|
|
|
genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
|
|
* that we first need an idea of the tree height. We somewhat arbitrarily
|
|
* assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
|
|
* log100(index->pages).
|
|
*
|
|
* Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
|
|
* caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
|
|
{
|
|
if (index->pages > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
|
|
index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
|
|
else
|
|
index->tree_height = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
|
|
* just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
|
|
* necessarily two anyway. As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->tuples > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
|
|
{
|
|
descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
|
|
*/
|
|
descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * 50.0 * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
|
|
*indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
|
|
*indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
|
|
*indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
|
|
*indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
spgcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
GenericCosts costs;
|
|
Cost descentCost;
|
|
|
|
MemSet(&costs, 0, sizeof(costs));
|
|
|
|
genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
|
|
* that we first need an idea of the tree height. We somewhat arbitrarily
|
|
* assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
|
|
* log100(index->pages).
|
|
*
|
|
* Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
|
|
* caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
|
|
{
|
|
if (index->pages > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
|
|
index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
|
|
else
|
|
index->tree_height = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
|
|
* just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
|
|
* necessarily two anyway. As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (index->tuples > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
|
|
{
|
|
descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
|
|
*/
|
|
descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * 50.0 * cpu_operator_cost;
|
|
costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
|
|
costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
|
|
|
|
*indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
|
|
*indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
|
|
*indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
|
|
*indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Support routines for gincostestimate
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
bool attHasFullScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
|
|
bool attHasNormalScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
|
|
double partialEntries;
|
|
double exactEntries;
|
|
double searchEntries;
|
|
double arrayScans;
|
|
} GinQualCounts;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
|
|
* testing the given GIN query, and increment the counts in *counts
|
|
* appropriately. If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
gincost_pattern(IndexOptInfo *index, int indexcol,
|
|
Oid clause_op, Datum query,
|
|
GinQualCounts *counts)
|
|
{
|
|
FmgrInfo flinfo;
|
|
Oid extractProcOid;
|
|
Oid collation;
|
|
int strategy_op;
|
|
Oid lefttype,
|
|
righttype;
|
|
int32 nentries = 0;
|
|
bool *partial_matches = NULL;
|
|
Pointer *extra_data = NULL;
|
|
bool *nullFlags = NULL;
|
|
int32 searchMode = GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT;
|
|
int32 i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(indexcol < index->nkeycolumns);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the operator's strategy number and declared input data types within
|
|
* the index opfamily. (We don't need the latter, but we use
|
|
* get_op_opfamily_properties because it will throw error if it fails to
|
|
* find a matching pg_amop entry.)
|
|
*/
|
|
get_op_opfamily_properties(clause_op, index->opfamily[indexcol], false,
|
|
&strategy_op, &lefttype, &righttype);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GIN always uses the "default" support functions, which are those with
|
|
* lefttype == righttype == the opclass' opcintype (see
|
|
* IndexSupportInitialize in relcache.c).
|
|
*/
|
|
extractProcOid = get_opfamily_proc(index->opfamily[indexcol],
|
|
index->opcintype[indexcol],
|
|
index->opcintype[indexcol],
|
|
GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC);
|
|
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(extractProcOid))
|
|
{
|
|
/* should not happen; throw same error as index_getprocinfo */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "missing support function %d for attribute %d of index \"%s\"",
|
|
GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC, indexcol + 1,
|
|
get_rel_name(index->indexoid));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Choose collation to pass to extractProc (should match initGinState).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (OidIsValid(index->indexcollations[indexcol]))
|
|
collation = index->indexcollations[indexcol];
|
|
else
|
|
collation = DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID;
|
|
|
|
fmgr_info(extractProcOid, &flinfo);
|
|
|
|
set_fn_opclass_options(&flinfo, index->opclassoptions[indexcol]);
|
|
|
|
FunctionCall7Coll(&flinfo,
|
|
collation,
|
|
query,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&nentries),
|
|
UInt16GetDatum(strategy_op),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&partial_matches),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&extra_data),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&nullFlags),
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&searchMode));
|
|
|
|
if (nentries <= 0 && searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No match is possible */
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nentries; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For partial match we haven't any information to estimate number of
|
|
* matched entries in index, so, we just estimate it as 100
|
|
*/
|
|
if (partial_matches && partial_matches[i])
|
|
counts->partialEntries += 100;
|
|
else
|
|
counts->exactEntries++;
|
|
|
|
counts->searchEntries++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
|
|
{
|
|
counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_INCLUDE_EMPTY)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Treat "include empty" like an exact-match item */
|
|
counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
|
|
counts->exactEntries++;
|
|
counts->searchEntries++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* It's GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL */
|
|
counts->attHasFullScan[indexcol] = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
|
|
* testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
|
|
* appropriately. If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
gincost_opexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index,
|
|
int indexcol,
|
|
OpExpr *clause,
|
|
GinQualCounts *counts)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid clause_op = clause->opno;
|
|
Node *operand = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
|
|
|
|
/* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
|
|
operand = estimate_expression_value(root, operand);
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(operand, RelabelType))
|
|
operand = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) operand)->arg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
|
|
* unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
|
|
* one ordinary search entry from the operand at runtime.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!IsA(operand, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
counts->exactEntries++;
|
|
counts->searchEntries++;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
|
|
if (((Const *) operand)->constisnull)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
|
|
return gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op,
|
|
((Const *) operand)->constvalue,
|
|
counts);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
|
|
* testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
|
|
* appropriately. If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
|
|
*
|
|
* A ScalarArrayOpExpr will give rise to N separate indexscans at runtime,
|
|
* each of which involves one value from the RHS array, plus all the
|
|
* non-array quals (if any). To model this, we average the counts across
|
|
* the RHS elements, and add the averages to the counts in *counts (which
|
|
* correspond to per-indexscan costs). We also multiply counts->arrayScans
|
|
* by N, causing gincostestimate to scale up its estimates accordingly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
gincost_scalararrayopexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index,
|
|
int indexcol,
|
|
ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
|
|
double numIndexEntries,
|
|
GinQualCounts *counts)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid clause_op = clause->opno;
|
|
Node *rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
|
|
ArrayType *arrayval;
|
|
int16 elmlen;
|
|
bool elmbyval;
|
|
char elmalign;
|
|
int numElems;
|
|
Datum *elemValues;
|
|
bool *elemNulls;
|
|
GinQualCounts arraycounts;
|
|
int numPossible = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
Assert(clause->useOr);
|
|
|
|
/* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
|
|
rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(rightop, RelabelType))
|
|
rightop = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) rightop)->arg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
|
|
* unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
|
|
* one ordinary search entry from each array entry at runtime, and fall
|
|
* back on a probably-bad estimate of the number of array entries.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!IsA(rightop, Const))
|
|
{
|
|
counts->exactEntries++;
|
|
counts->searchEntries++;
|
|
counts->arrayScans *= estimate_array_length(rightop);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
|
|
if (((Const *) rightop)->constisnull)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, extract the array elements and iterate over them */
|
|
arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(((Const *) rightop)->constvalue);
|
|
get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
|
|
&elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
|
|
deconstruct_array(arrayval,
|
|
ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
|
|
elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
|
|
&elemValues, &elemNulls, &numElems);
|
|
|
|
memset(&arraycounts, 0, sizeof(arraycounts));
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < numElems; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
GinQualCounts elemcounts;
|
|
|
|
/* NULL can't match anything, so ignore, as the executor will */
|
|
if (elemNulls[i])
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
|
|
memset(&elemcounts, 0, sizeof(elemcounts));
|
|
|
|
if (gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op, elemValues[i],
|
|
&elemcounts))
|
|
{
|
|
/* We ignore array elements that are unsatisfiable patterns */
|
|
numPossible++;
|
|
|
|
if (elemcounts.attHasFullScan[indexcol] &&
|
|
!elemcounts.attHasNormalScan[indexcol])
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Full index scan will be required. We treat this as if
|
|
* every key in the index had been listed in the query; is
|
|
* that reasonable?
|
|
*/
|
|
elemcounts.partialEntries = 0;
|
|
elemcounts.exactEntries = numIndexEntries;
|
|
elemcounts.searchEntries = numIndexEntries;
|
|
}
|
|
arraycounts.partialEntries += elemcounts.partialEntries;
|
|
arraycounts.exactEntries += elemcounts.exactEntries;
|
|
arraycounts.searchEntries += elemcounts.searchEntries;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (numPossible == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No satisfiable patterns in the array */
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now add the averages to the global counts. This will give us an
|
|
* estimate of the average number of terms searched for in each indexscan,
|
|
* including contributions from both array and non-array quals.
|
|
*/
|
|
counts->partialEntries += arraycounts.partialEntries / numPossible;
|
|
counts->exactEntries += arraycounts.exactEntries / numPossible;
|
|
counts->searchEntries += arraycounts.searchEntries / numPossible;
|
|
|
|
counts->arrayScans *= numPossible;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
List *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
|
|
List *selectivityQuals;
|
|
double numPages = index->pages,
|
|
numTuples = index->tuples;
|
|
double numEntryPages,
|
|
numDataPages,
|
|
numPendingPages,
|
|
numEntries;
|
|
GinQualCounts counts;
|
|
bool matchPossible;
|
|
bool fullIndexScan;
|
|
double partialScale;
|
|
double entryPagesFetched,
|
|
dataPagesFetched,
|
|
dataPagesFetchedBySel;
|
|
double qual_op_cost,
|
|
qual_arg_cost,
|
|
spc_random_page_cost,
|
|
outer_scans;
|
|
Relation indexRel;
|
|
GinStatsData ginStats;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Obtain statistical information from the meta page, if possible. Else
|
|
* set ginStats to zeroes, and we'll cope below.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!index->hypothetical)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Lock should have already been obtained in plancat.c */
|
|
indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
|
|
ginGetStats(indexRel, &ginStats);
|
|
index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
memset(&ginStats, 0, sizeof(ginStats));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assuming we got valid (nonzero) stats at all, nPendingPages can be
|
|
* trusted, but the other fields are data as of the last VACUUM. We can
|
|
* scale them up to account for growth since then, but that method only
|
|
* goes so far; in the worst case, the stats might be for a completely
|
|
* empty index, and scaling them will produce pretty bogus numbers.
|
|
* Somewhat arbitrarily, set the cutoff for doing scaling at 4X growth; if
|
|
* it's grown more than that, fall back to estimating things only from the
|
|
* assumed-accurate index size. But we'll trust nPendingPages in any case
|
|
* so long as it's not clearly insane, ie, more than the index size.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ginStats.nPendingPages < numPages)
|
|
numPendingPages = ginStats.nPendingPages;
|
|
else
|
|
numPendingPages = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (numPages > 0 && ginStats.nTotalPages <= numPages &&
|
|
ginStats.nTotalPages > numPages / 4 &&
|
|
ginStats.nEntryPages > 0 && ginStats.nEntries > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* OK, the stats seem close enough to sane to be trusted. But we
|
|
* still need to scale them by the ratio numPages / nTotalPages to
|
|
* account for growth since the last VACUUM.
|
|
*/
|
|
double scale = numPages / ginStats.nTotalPages;
|
|
|
|
numEntryPages = ceil(ginStats.nEntryPages * scale);
|
|
numDataPages = ceil(ginStats.nDataPages * scale);
|
|
numEntries = ceil(ginStats.nEntries * scale);
|
|
/* ensure we didn't round up too much */
|
|
numEntryPages = Min(numEntryPages, numPages - numPendingPages);
|
|
numDataPages = Min(numDataPages,
|
|
numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We might get here because it's a hypothetical index, or an index
|
|
* created pre-9.1 and never vacuumed since upgrading (in which case
|
|
* its stats would read as zeroes), or just because it's grown too
|
|
* much since the last VACUUM for us to put our faith in scaling.
|
|
*
|
|
* Invent some plausible internal statistics based on the index page
|
|
* count (and clamp that to at least 10 pages, just in case). We
|
|
* estimate that 90% of the index is entry pages, and the rest is data
|
|
* pages. Estimate 100 entries per entry page; this is rather bogus
|
|
* since it'll depend on the size of the keys, but it's more robust
|
|
* than trying to predict the number of entries per heap tuple.
|
|
*/
|
|
numPages = Max(numPages, 10);
|
|
numEntryPages = floor((numPages - numPendingPages) * 0.90);
|
|
numDataPages = numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages;
|
|
numEntries = floor(numEntryPages * 100);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* In an empty index, numEntries could be zero. Avoid divide-by-zero */
|
|
if (numEntries < 1)
|
|
numEntries = 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the index-bound
|
|
* quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of rows covered by
|
|
* the bound conditions.
|
|
*/
|
|
selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
|
|
|
|
/* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
|
|
*indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
|
|
index->rel->relid,
|
|
JOIN_INNER,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
|
|
get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
|
|
&spc_random_page_cost,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexCorrelation = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Examine quals to estimate number of search entries & partial matches
|
|
*/
|
|
memset(&counts, 0, sizeof(counts));
|
|
counts.arrayScans = 1;
|
|
matchPossible = true;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
|
|
ListCell *lc2;
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
|
|
{
|
|
RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
|
|
Expr *clause = rinfo->clause;
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
matchPossible = gincost_opexpr(root,
|
|
index,
|
|
iclause->indexcol,
|
|
(OpExpr *) clause,
|
|
&counts);
|
|
if (!matchPossible)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
matchPossible = gincost_scalararrayopexpr(root,
|
|
index,
|
|
iclause->indexcol,
|
|
(ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause,
|
|
numEntries,
|
|
&counts);
|
|
if (!matchPossible)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* shouldn't be anything else for a GIN index */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unsupported GIN indexqual type: %d",
|
|
(int) nodeTag(clause));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Fall out if there were any provably-unsatisfiable quals */
|
|
if (!matchPossible)
|
|
{
|
|
*indexStartupCost = 0;
|
|
*indexTotalCost = 0;
|
|
*indexSelectivity = 0;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If attribute has a full scan and at the same time doesn't have normal
|
|
* scan, then we'll have to scan all non-null entries of that attribute.
|
|
* Currently, we don't have per-attribute statistics for GIN. Thus, we
|
|
* must assume the whole GIN index has to be scanned in this case.
|
|
*/
|
|
fullIndexScan = false;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < index->nkeycolumns; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (counts.attHasFullScan[i] && !counts.attHasNormalScan[i])
|
|
{
|
|
fullIndexScan = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fullIndexScan || indexQuals == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Full index scan will be required. We treat this as if every key in
|
|
* the index had been listed in the query; is that reasonable?
|
|
*/
|
|
counts.partialEntries = 0;
|
|
counts.exactEntries = numEntries;
|
|
counts.searchEntries = numEntries;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Will we have more than one iteration of a nestloop scan? */
|
|
outer_scans = loop_count;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute cost to begin scan, first of all, pay attention to pending
|
|
* list.
|
|
*/
|
|
entryPagesFetched = numPendingPages;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate number of entry pages read. We need to do
|
|
* counts.searchEntries searches. Use a power function as it should be,
|
|
* but tuples on leaf pages usually is much greater. Here we include all
|
|
* searches in entry tree, including search of first entry in partial
|
|
* match algorithm
|
|
*/
|
|
entryPagesFetched += ceil(counts.searchEntries * rint(pow(numEntryPages, 0.15)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add an estimate of entry pages read by partial match algorithm. It's a
|
|
* scan over leaf pages in entry tree. We haven't any useful stats here,
|
|
* so estimate it as proportion. Because counts.partialEntries is really
|
|
* pretty bogus (see code above), it's possible that it is more than
|
|
* numEntries; clamp the proportion to ensure sanity.
|
|
*/
|
|
partialScale = counts.partialEntries / numEntries;
|
|
partialScale = Min(partialScale, 1.0);
|
|
|
|
entryPagesFetched += ceil(numEntryPages * partialScale);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Partial match algorithm reads all data pages before doing actual scan,
|
|
* so it's a startup cost. Again, we haven't any useful stats here, so
|
|
* estimate it as proportion.
|
|
*/
|
|
dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * partialScale);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Calculate cache effects if more than one scan due to nestloops or array
|
|
* quals. The result is pro-rated per nestloop scan, but the array qual
|
|
* factor shouldn't be pro-rated (compare genericcostestimate).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
entryPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
|
|
entryPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(entryPagesFetched,
|
|
(BlockNumber) numEntryPages,
|
|
numEntryPages, root);
|
|
entryPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
|
|
dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
|
|
dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
|
|
(BlockNumber) numDataPages,
|
|
numDataPages, root);
|
|
dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Here we use random page cost because logically-close pages could be far
|
|
* apart on disk.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexStartupCost = (entryPagesFetched + dataPagesFetched) * spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now compute the number of data pages fetched during the scan.
|
|
*
|
|
* We assume every entry to have the same number of items, and that there
|
|
* is no overlap between them. (XXX: tsvector and array opclasses collect
|
|
* statistics on the frequency of individual keys; it would be nice to use
|
|
* those here.)
|
|
*/
|
|
dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * counts.exactEntries / numEntries);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is a lot of overlap among the entries, in particular if one of
|
|
* the entries is very frequent, the above calculation can grossly
|
|
* under-estimate. As a simple cross-check, calculate a lower bound based
|
|
* on the overall selectivity of the quals. At a minimum, we must read
|
|
* one item pointer for each matching entry.
|
|
*
|
|
* The width of each item pointer varies, based on the level of
|
|
* compression. We don't have statistics on that, but an average of
|
|
* around 3 bytes per item is fairly typical.
|
|
*/
|
|
dataPagesFetchedBySel = ceil(*indexSelectivity *
|
|
(numTuples / (BLCKSZ / 3)));
|
|
if (dataPagesFetchedBySel > dataPagesFetched)
|
|
dataPagesFetched = dataPagesFetchedBySel;
|
|
|
|
/* Account for cache effects, the same as above */
|
|
if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
|
|
dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
|
|
(BlockNumber) numDataPages,
|
|
numDataPages, root);
|
|
dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* And apply random_page_cost as the cost per page */
|
|
*indexTotalCost = *indexStartupCost +
|
|
dataPagesFetched * spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add on index qual eval costs, much as in genericcostestimate. But we
|
|
* can disregard indexorderbys, since GIN doesn't support those.
|
|
*/
|
|
qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
|
|
qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost * list_length(indexQuals);
|
|
|
|
*indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
|
|
*indexTotalCost += (numTuples * *indexSelectivity) * (cpu_index_tuple_cost + qual_op_cost);
|
|
*indexPages = dataPagesFetched;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* BRIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
brincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
|
|
Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
|
|
Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
|
|
double *indexPages)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
|
|
List *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
|
|
double numPages = index->pages;
|
|
RelOptInfo *baserel = index->rel;
|
|
RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(baserel->relid, root);
|
|
Cost spc_seq_page_cost;
|
|
Cost spc_random_page_cost;
|
|
double qual_arg_cost;
|
|
double qualSelectivity;
|
|
BrinStatsData statsData;
|
|
double indexRanges;
|
|
double minimalRanges;
|
|
double estimatedRanges;
|
|
double selec;
|
|
Relation indexRel;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
VariableStatData vardata;
|
|
|
|
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
|
|
|
|
/* fetch estimated page cost for the tablespace containing the index */
|
|
get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
|
|
&spc_random_page_cost,
|
|
&spc_seq_page_cost);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Obtain some data from the index itself, if possible. Otherwise invent
|
|
* some plausible internal statistics based on the relation page count.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!index->hypothetical)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* A lock should have already been obtained on the index in plancat.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
|
|
brinGetStats(indexRel, &statsData);
|
|
index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
|
|
|
|
/* work out the actual number of ranges in the index */
|
|
indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
|
|
statsData.pagesPerRange), 1.0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assume default number of pages per range, and estimate the number
|
|
* of ranges based on that.
|
|
*/
|
|
indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
|
|
BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE), 1.0);
|
|
|
|
statsData.pagesPerRange = BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE;
|
|
statsData.revmapNumPages = (indexRanges / REVMAP_PAGE_MAXITEMS) + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute index correlation
|
|
*
|
|
* Because we can use all index quals equally when scanning, we can use
|
|
* the largest correlation (in absolute value) among columns used by the
|
|
* query. Start at zero, the worst possible case. If we cannot find any
|
|
* correlation statistics, we will keep it as 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexCorrelation = 0;
|
|
|
|
foreach(l, path->indexclauses)
|
|
{
|
|
IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, l);
|
|
AttrNumber attnum = index->indexkeys[iclause->indexcol];
|
|
|
|
/* attempt to lookup stats in relation for this index column */
|
|
if (attnum != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Simple variable -- look to stats for the underlying table */
|
|
if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, attnum, &vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple. If it
|
|
* did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) && !vardata.freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR,
|
|
"no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vardata.statsTuple =
|
|
SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(false));
|
|
vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Looks like we've found an expression column in the index. Let's
|
|
* see if there's any stats for it.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* get the attnum from the 0-based index. */
|
|
attnum = iclause->indexcol + 1;
|
|
|
|
if (get_index_stats_hook &&
|
|
(*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid, attnum, &vardata))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple. If it
|
|
* did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
|
|
!vardata.freefunc)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
|
|
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
|
|
BoolGetDatum(false));
|
|
vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
|
|
{
|
|
AttStatsSlot sslot;
|
|
|
|
if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
|
|
STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, InvalidOid,
|
|
ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
|
|
{
|
|
double varCorrelation = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
|
|
varCorrelation = Abs(sslot.numbers[0]);
|
|
|
|
if (varCorrelation > *indexCorrelation)
|
|
*indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
|
|
|
|
free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
qualSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, indexQuals,
|
|
baserel->relid,
|
|
JOIN_INNER, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now calculate the minimum possible ranges we could match with if all of
|
|
* the rows were in the perfect order in the table's heap.
|
|
*/
|
|
minimalRanges = ceil(indexRanges * qualSelectivity);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now estimate the number of ranges that we'll touch by using the
|
|
* indexCorrelation from the stats. Careful not to divide by zero (note
|
|
* we're using the absolute value of the correlation).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*indexCorrelation < 1.0e-10)
|
|
estimatedRanges = indexRanges;
|
|
else
|
|
estimatedRanges = Min(minimalRanges / *indexCorrelation, indexRanges);
|
|
|
|
/* we expect to visit this portion of the table */
|
|
selec = estimatedRanges / indexRanges;
|
|
|
|
CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
|
|
|
|
*indexSelectivity = selec;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the index qual costs, much as in genericcostestimate, to add to
|
|
* the index costs. We can disregard indexorderbys, since BRIN doesn't
|
|
* support those.
|
|
*/
|
|
qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the startup cost as the cost to read the whole revmap
|
|
* sequentially, including the cost to execute the index quals.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexStartupCost =
|
|
spc_seq_page_cost * statsData.revmapNumPages * loop_count;
|
|
*indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To read a BRIN index there might be a bit of back and forth over
|
|
* regular pages, as revmap might point to them out of sequential order;
|
|
* calculate the total cost as reading the whole index in random order.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexTotalCost = *indexStartupCost +
|
|
spc_random_page_cost * (numPages - statsData.revmapNumPages) * loop_count;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Charge a small amount per range tuple which we expect to match to. This
|
|
* is meant to reflect the costs of manipulating the bitmap. The BRIN scan
|
|
* will set a bit for each page in the range when we find a matching
|
|
* range, so we must multiply the charge by the number of pages in the
|
|
* range.
|
|
*/
|
|
*indexTotalCost += 0.1 * cpu_operator_cost * estimatedRanges *
|
|
statsData.pagesPerRange;
|
|
|
|
*indexPages = index->pages;
|
|
}
|